# HG changeset patch
# User Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
# Date 1313688010 -7200
# Node ID cc90c62ada215a091fefd7a139dedd6f2c4c5527
# Parent  8f7adc0d59c199c50d942fa787b880aadfb13672
Removed terminal, instead now using QPlainTextEdit, which looks much nicer and is not that error-prone...

diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/octave-gui.pro
--- a/gui/octave-gui.pro	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/octave-gui.pro	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -58,16 +58,9 @@
 # Files associated with the project:
 SOURCES +=\
         src/lexer/lexeroctavegui.cpp \
-        src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \
         src/terminal/KeyboardTranslator.cpp \
-        src/terminal/Screen.cpp \
         src/terminal/History.cpp \
         src/terminal/konsole_wcwidth.cpp \
-        src/terminal/ScreenWindow.cpp \
-        src/terminal/Emulation.cpp \
-        src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp \
-        src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.cpp \
-        src/terminal/Filter.cpp \
         src/terminal/Pty.cpp \
         src/terminal/kpty.cpp \
         src/terminal/kptyprocess.cpp \
@@ -75,7 +68,6 @@
         src/terminal/kptydevice.cpp \
         src/terminal/Session.cpp \
         src/terminal/ShellCommand.cpp \
-        src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.cpp \
         src/MainWindow.cpp \
     	  src/OctaveTerminal.cpp \
     	  src/VariablesDockWidget.cpp \
@@ -96,20 +88,13 @@
 
 HEADERS += \
         src/lexer/lexeroctavegui.h \
-        src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h \
         src/terminal/Character.h \
         src/terminal/CharacterColor.h \
 		  src/terminal/ColorTables.h \
         src/terminal/KeyboardTranslator.h \
-        src/terminal/Screen.h \
         src/terminal/History.h \
         src/terminal/konsole_wcwidth.h \
 		  src/terminal/konsole_export.h \
-        src/terminal/ScreenWindow.h \
-        src/terminal/Emulation.h \
-        src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.h \
-        src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.h \
-        src/terminal/Filter.h \
         src/terminal/Pty.h \
         src/terminal/kpty.h \
         src/terminal/kpty_p.h \
@@ -120,7 +105,6 @@
         src/terminal/kptydevice.h \
         src/terminal/Session.h \
         src/terminal/ShellCommand.h \
-        src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.h \
     	  src/MainWindow.h \
     	  src/OctaveTerminal.h \
     	  src/VariablesDockWidget.h \
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/MainWindow.cpp
--- a/gui/src/MainWindow.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/MainWindow.cpp	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 #include <QSettings>
 #include <QDesktopServices>
 #include <QFileDialog>
+#include <QMessageBox>
 #include "MainWindow.h"
 #include "FileEditorMdiSubWindow.h"
 #include "ImageViewerMdiSubWindow.h"
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/MainWindow.h
--- a/gui/src/MainWindow.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/MainWindow.h	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 #include <QToolBar>
 #include <QQueue>
 #include <Qsci/qsciapis.h>
+#include <QMdiSubWindow>
 #include "ResourceManager.h"
 #include "OctaveTerminal.h"
 #include "OctaveLink.h"
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/OctaveTerminal.cpp
--- a/gui/src/OctaveTerminal.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/OctaveTerminal.cpp	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -26,7 +26,8 @@
 #include "unistd.h"
 #include <assert.h>
 
-OctaveTerminal::OctaveTerminal (QWidget * parent):QWidget (parent)
+OctaveTerminal::OctaveTerminal (QWidget * parent)
+  : QPlainTextEdit (parent)
 {
   construct ();
 }
@@ -38,19 +39,23 @@
 void
 OctaveTerminal::construct ()
 {
-  m_terminalWidget = new QTerminalWidget (0, this);
-  m_terminalWidget->setSizePolicy (QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
-  setFocusProxy (m_terminalWidget);
-
-  QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout ();
-  layout->addWidget (m_terminalWidget);
-  layout->setMargin (3);
-  setLayout (layout);
+  setSizePolicy (QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
 }
 
 void
 OctaveTerminal::openTerminal ()
 {
+  m_session = new Session ();
+  m_session->setTitle (Session::NameRole, "QTerminalWidget");
+  m_session->setProgram ("/bin/bash");
+  m_session->setArguments (QStringList ());
+  m_session->setAutoClose (true);
+  m_session->setCodec (QTextCodec::codecForName ("UTF-8"));
+  m_session->setFlowControlEnabled (true);
+  m_session->setDarkBackground (true);
+
+  connect (m_session, SIGNAL(receivedData(QString)), this, SLOT(appendPlainText(QString)));
+
   int fdm, fds;
   if (openpty (&fdm, &fds, 0, 0, 0) < 0)
     {
@@ -60,5 +65,152 @@
   dup2 (fds, 1);
   dup2 (fds, 2);
 
-  m_terminalWidget->openTeletype (fdm);
+  m_session->openTeletype (fdm);
 }
+
+void
+OctaveTerminal::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * keyEvent)
+{
+  //QByteArray textToSend;
+
+  //textToSend += QString::fromUtf8());
+  m_session->sendText(keyEvent->text ());
+  keyEvent->accept ();
+
+  /*
+  bool emitKeyPressSignal = true;
+
+  if (event->modifiers () == Qt::ControlModifier)
+    {
+      switch (event->key ())
+    {
+    case Qt::Key_C:
+      copyClipboard ();
+      break;
+    case Qt::Key_V:
+      pasteClipboard ();
+      break;
+    };
+    }
+  else if (event->modifiers () == Qt::ShiftModifier)
+    {
+      bool update = true;
+
+      if (event->key () == Qt::Key_PageUp)
+    {
+      _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollPages, -1);
+    }
+      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_PageDown)
+    {
+      _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollPages, 1);
+    }
+      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Up)
+    {
+      _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollLines, -1);
+    }
+      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Down)
+    {
+      _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollLines, 1);
+    }
+      else
+    update = false;
+
+    }
+
+  _actSel = 0;          // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't
+  // know where the current selection is.
+
+  if (_hasBlinkingCursor)
+    {
+      _blinkCursorTimer->start (QApplication::cursorFlashTime () / 2);
+      if (_cursorBlinking)
+    blinkCursorEvent ();
+      else
+    _cursorBlinking = false;
+    }
+
+  if (emitKeyPressSignal)
+    emit keyPressedSignal (event);
+
+  event->accept ();
+  _scrollBar->setValue (_scrollBar->maximum ());
+  Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = keyEvent->modifiers ();
+  KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+
+  // get current states
+  if (getMode (MODE_NewLine))
+    states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
+  if (getMode (MODE_Ansi))
+    states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
+  if (getMode (MODE_AppCuKeys))
+    states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
+  if (getMode (MODE_AppScreen))
+    states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
+  if (getMode (MODE_AppKeyPad) && (modifiers & Qt::KeypadModifier))
+    states |= KeyboardTranslator::ApplicationKeypadState;
+
+  // check flow control state
+  if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier)
+    {
+      if (event->key () == Qt::Key_S)
+    emit flowControlKeyPressed (true);
+      else
+    if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Q)
+      emit flowControlKeyPressed (false);
+    }
+
+  // lookup key binding
+  if (_keyTranslator)
+    {
+      KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry =
+    _keyTranslator->findEntry (event->key (), modifiers, states);
+
+      // send result to terminal
+      QByteArray textToSend;
+
+      // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier.  pressing
+      // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent
+      // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination
+      //  in the keyboard modifier)
+      bool wantsAltModifier =
+    entry.modifiers () & entry.modifierMask () & Qt::AltModifier;
+      bool wantsAnyModifier =
+    entry.state () & entry.
+    stateMask () & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
+
+      if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier
+      && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier)
+      && !event->text ().isEmpty ())
+    {
+      textToSend.prepend ("\033");
+    }
+
+      if (entry.command () != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand)
+    {
+      if (entry.command () & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand)
+        textToSend += eraseChar ();
+
+      // TODO command handling
+    }
+      else if (!entry.text ().isEmpty ())
+    {
+      textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode (entry.text (true, modifiers));
+    }
+      else
+    textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode (event->text ());
+
+      sendData (textToSend.constData (), textToSend.length ());
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been
+      // set
+      QString translatorError = QString ("No keyboard translator available.  "
+                     "The information needed to convert key presses "
+                     "into characters to send to the terminal "
+                     "is missing.");
+      reset ();
+      receiveData (translatorError.toAscii ().constData (),
+           translatorError.count ());
+    }*/
+}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/OctaveTerminal.h
--- a/gui/src/OctaveTerminal.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/OctaveTerminal.h	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -18,20 +18,24 @@
 
 #ifndef OCTAVETERMINAL_H
 #define OCTAVETERMINAL_H
-#include <QWidget>
-#include "QTerminalWidget.h"
+#include <QPlainTextEdit>
+#include "Session.h"
 
-class OctaveTerminal:public QWidget
+class OctaveTerminal:public QPlainTextEdit
 {
 Q_OBJECT
 public:
   OctaveTerminal (QWidget * parent = 0);
   ~OctaveTerminal ();
 
-  void sendText (QString text) { m_terminalWidget->sendText(text); }
+  void sendText (QString text) { m_session->sendText (text); }
   void openTerminal ();
+
+protected:
+  void keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent *keyEvent);
+
 private:
   void construct ();
-  QTerminalWidget *m_terminalWidget;
+  Session *m_session;
 };
 #endif // OCTAVETERMINAL_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/CharacterColor.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/CharacterColor.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/terminal/CharacterColor.h	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 //a standard set of colors using black text on a white background.
 //defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp
 
-extern const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS];
+//extern const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS];
 
 /* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces.
 
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Emulation.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Emulation.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright 2007-2008 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> 
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-    Copyright 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Emulation.h"
-
-// System
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QThread>
-
-#include <QtCore/QTime>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-
-Emulation::Emulation ():
-_currentScreen (0),
-_codec (0), _decoder (0), _keyTranslator (0), _usesMouse (false)
-{
-  // create screens with a default size
-  _screen[0] = new Screen (40, 80);
-  _screen[1] = new Screen (40, 80);
-  _currentScreen = _screen[0];
-
-  QObject::connect (&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL (timeout ()), this,
-		    SLOT (showBulk ()));
-  QObject::connect (&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL (timeout ()), this,
-		    SLOT (showBulk ()));
-
-  // listen for mouse status changes
-  connect (this, SIGNAL (programUsesMouseChanged (bool)),
-	   SLOT (usesMouseChanged (bool)));
-}
-
-bool
-Emulation::programUsesMouse () const
-{
-  return _usesMouse;
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::usesMouseChanged (bool usesMouse)
-{
-  _usesMouse = usesMouse;
-}
-
-ScreenWindow *
-Emulation::createWindow ()
-{
-  ScreenWindow *window = new ScreenWindow ();
-  window->setScreen (_currentScreen);
-  _windows << window;
-
-  connect (window, SIGNAL (selectionChanged ()),
-	   this, SLOT (bufferedUpdate ()));
-
-  connect (this, SIGNAL (outputChanged ()),
-	   window, SLOT (notifyOutputChanged ()));
-  return window;
-}
-
-Emulation::~Emulation ()
-{
-  QListIterator < ScreenWindow * >windowIter (_windows);
-
-  while (windowIter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      delete windowIter.next ();
-    }
-
-  delete _screen[0];
-  delete _screen[1];
-  delete _decoder;
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setScreen (int n)
-{
-  Screen *old = _currentScreen;
-  _currentScreen = _screen[n & 1];
-  if (_currentScreen != old)
-    {
-      // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active screen
-      foreach (ScreenWindow * window, _windows)
-	window->setScreen (_currentScreen);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::clearHistory ()
-{
-  _screen[0]->setScroll (_screen[0]->getScroll (), false);
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setHistory (const HistoryType & t)
-{
-  _screen[0]->setScroll (t);
-
-  showBulk ();
-}
-
-const HistoryType &
-Emulation::history () const
-{
-  return _screen[0]->getScroll ();
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setCodec (const QTextCodec * qtc)
-{
-  if (qtc)
-    _codec = qtc;
-  else
-    setCodec (LocaleCodec);
-
-  delete _decoder;
-  _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder ();
-
-  emit useUtf8Request (utf8 ());
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setCodec (EmulationCodec codec)
-{
-  if (codec == Utf8Codec)
-    setCodec (QTextCodec::codecForName ("utf8"));
-  else if (codec == LocaleCodec)
-    setCodec (QTextCodec::codecForLocale ());
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setKeyBindings (const QString & name)
-{
-  _keyTranslator =
-    KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance ()->findTranslator (name);
-  if (!_keyTranslator)
-    {
-      _keyTranslator =
-	KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance ()->defaultTranslator ();
-    }
-}
-
-QString
-Emulation::keyBindings () const
-{
-  return _keyTranslator->name ();
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::receiveChar (int c)
-// process application unicode input to terminal
-// this is a trivial scanner
-{
-  c &= 0xff;
-  switch (c)
-    {
-    case '\b':
-      _currentScreen->backspace ();
-      break;
-    case '\t':
-      _currentScreen->tab ();
-      break;
-    case '\n':
-      _currentScreen->newLine ();
-      break;
-    case '\r':
-      _currentScreen->toStartOfLine ();
-      break;
-    case 0x07:
-      emit stateSet (NOTIFYBELL);
-      break;
-    default:
-      _currentScreen->displayCharacter (c);
-      break;
-    };
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::sendKeyEvent (QKeyEvent * ev)
-{
-  emit stateSet (NOTIFYNORMAL);
-
-  if (!ev->text ().isEmpty ())
-    {				// A block of text
-      // Note that the text is proper unicode.
-      // We should do a conversion here
-      emit sendData (ev->text ().toUtf8 (), ev->text ().length ());
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::sendString (const char *, int)
-{
-  // default implementation does nothing
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::sendMouseEvent (int /*buttons */ , int /*column */ , int /*row */ ,
-			   int /*eventType */ )
-{
-  // default implementation does nothing
-}
-
-/*
-   We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first.
-TODO: Character composition from the old code.  See #96536
-*/
-
-void
-Emulation::receiveData (const char *text, int length)
-{
-  emit stateSet (NOTIFYACTIVITY);
-
-  bufferedUpdate ();
-
-  QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode (text, length);
-
-  //send characters to terminal emulator
-  for (int i = 0; i < unicodeText.length (); i++)
-    receiveChar (unicodeText[i].unicode ());
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::writeToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * _decoder,
-			  int startLine, int endLine)
-{
-  _currentScreen->writeLinesToStream (_decoder, startLine, endLine);
-}
-
-int
-Emulation::lineCount () const
-{
-  // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history
-  return _currentScreen->getLines () + _currentScreen->getHistLines ();
-}
-
-#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10
-#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40
-
-void
-Emulation::showBulk ()
-{
-  _bulkTimer1.stop ();
-  _bulkTimer2.stop ();
-
-  emit outputChanged ();
-
-  _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines ();
-  _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines ();
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::bufferedUpdate ()
-{
-  _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot (true);
-  _bulkTimer1.start (BULK_TIMEOUT1);
-  if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive ())
-    {
-      _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot (true);
-      _bulkTimer2.start (BULK_TIMEOUT2);
-    }
-}
-
-char
-Emulation::eraseChar () const
-{
-  return '\b';
-}
-
-void
-Emulation::setImageSize (int lines, int columns)
-{
-  if ((lines < 1) || (columns < 1))
-    return;
-
-  QSize screenSize[2] = { QSize (_screen[0]->getColumns (),
-				 _screen[0]->getLines ()),
-    QSize (_screen[1]->getColumns (),
-	   _screen[1]->getLines ())
-  };
-  QSize newSize (columns, lines);
-
-  if (newSize == screenSize[0] && newSize == screenSize[1])
-    return;
-
-  _screen[0]->resizeImage (lines, columns);
-  _screen[1]->resizeImage (lines, columns);
-
-  emit imageSizeChanged (lines, columns);
-
-  bufferedUpdate ();
-}
-
-QSize
-Emulation::imageSize () const
-{
-  return QSize (_currentScreen->getColumns (), _currentScreen->getLines ());
-}
-
-ushort
-ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash (ushort * unicodePoints, ushort length) const
-{
-  ushort hash = 0;
-  for (ushort i = 0; i < length; i++)
-    {
-      hash = 31 * hash + unicodePoints[i];
-    }
-  return hash;
-}
-
-bool
-ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch (ushort hash, ushort * unicodePoints,
-				      ushort length) const
-{
-  ushort *entry = extendedCharTable[hash];
-
-  // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the 
-  // stored buffer ) 
-  if (entry == 0 || entry[0] != length)
-    return false;
-  // if the lengths match, each character must be checked.  the stored buffer starts at
-  // entry[1]
-  for (int i = 0; i < length; i++)
-    {
-      if (entry[i + 1] != unicodePoints[i])
-	return false;
-    }
-  return true;
-}
-
-ushort
-ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar (ushort * unicodePoints, ushort length)
-{
-  // look for this sequence of points in the table
-  ushort hash = extendedCharHash (unicodePoints, length);
-
-  // check existing entry for match
-  while (extendedCharTable.contains (hash))
-    {
-      if (extendedCharMatch (hash, unicodePoints, length))
-	{
-	  // this sequence already has an entry in the table, 
-	  // return its hash
-	  return hash;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character
-	  // points then try next hash
-	  hash++;
-	}
-    }
-
-
-  // add the new sequence to the table and
-  // return that index
-  ushort *buffer = new ushort[length + 1];
-  buffer[0] = length;
-  for (int i = 0; i < length; i++)
-    buffer[i + 1] = unicodePoints[i];
-
-  extendedCharTable.insert (hash, buffer);
-
-  return hash;
-}
-
-ushort *
-ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar (ushort hash, ushort & length) const
-{
-  // lookup index in table and if found, set the length
-  // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence
-
-  ushort *buffer = extendedCharTable[hash];
-  if (buffer)
-    {
-      length = buffer[0];
-      return buffer + 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      length = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable ()
-{
-}
-
-ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable ()
-{
-  // free all allocated character buffers
-  QHashIterator < ushort, ushort * >iter (extendedCharTable);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      iter.next ();
-      delete[]iter.value ();
-    }
-}
-
-// global instance
-ExtendedCharTable
-  ExtendedCharTable::instance;
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Emulation.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Emulation.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef EMULATION_H
-#define EMULATION_H
-
-// System
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Qt 
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QTextCodec>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QTimer>
-
-
-class KeyboardTranslator;
-class HistoryType;
-class Screen;
-class ScreenWindow;
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
-
-/** 
- * This enum describes the available states which 
- * the terminal emulation may be set to.
- *
- * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() 
- */
-enum
-{
-    /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */
-  NOTIFYNORMAL = 0,
-    /** 
-     * The terminal program has triggered a bell event
-     * to get the user's attention.
-     */
-  NOTIFYBELL = 1,
-    /** 
-     * The emulation is currently receiving data from its 
-     * terminal input.
-     */
-  NOTIFYACTIVITY = 2,
-
-  // unused here? 
-  NOTIFYSILENCE = 3
-};
-
-/**
- * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends.
- *
- * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and 
- * producing an output image of characters.
- *
- * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with
- * the data which has arrived.  The emulation will process the data and update the 
- * screen image accordingly.  The codec used to decode the incoming character stream
- * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() 
- *
- * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the 
- * desired number of lines and columns.  When new lines are added, old content
- * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). 
- *
- * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation 
- * by calling createWindow().  Screen windows provide access to a section of the 
- * output.  Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the 
- * image size returned by imageSize().  The screen window can be moved up and down
- * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the 
- * previous output.  The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal
- * when the section of the image they are looking at changes.
- * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications
- * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating 
- * accordingly. 
- *
- * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such
- * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent
- * to the terminal program.  Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot,
- * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot.  When the character
- * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer
- * to the character buffer.  This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal
- * process.  The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed
- * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output
- * character sequences.  The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using
- * setKeyBindings()
- *
- * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the 
- * input received.  The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling 
- * reset().  
- *
- * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether
- * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal
- * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying
- * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ).  The stateSet() signal
- * is emitted whenever the activity state is set.  This can be used to determine
- * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to
- * a 'bell' event in different ways.
- */
-class Emulation:public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-
-   /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */
-  Emulation ();
-  ~Emulation ();
-
-  /**
-   * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation.  The contents
-   * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the
-   * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method.
-   */
-  ScreenWindow *createWindow ();
-
-  /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */
-  QSize imageSize () const;
-
-  /**
-   * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history.
-   */
-  int lineCount () const;
-
-  /** 
-   * Sets the history store used by this emulation.  When new lines
-   * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history
-   * store.   
-   *
-   * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the 
-   * type of store.
-   */
-  void setHistory (const HistoryType &);
-  /** Returns the history store used by this emulation.  See setHistory() */
-  const HistoryType & history () const;
-  /** Clears the history scroll. */
-  void clearHistory ();
-
-  /** 
-   * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine 
-   * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal
-   * characters into text. 
-   *
-   * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with 
-   * appearance attributes into output text.  PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly
-   * used decoder.
-   * @param startLine Index of first line to copy
-   * @param endLine Index of last line to copy
-   */
-  virtual void writeToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder,
-			      int startLine, int endLine);
-
-  /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters.  See setCodec() */
-  const QTextCodec *codec () const
-  {
-    return _codec;
-  }
-  /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters.  */
-  void setCodec (const QTextCodec *);
-
-  /** 
-   * Convenience method.  
-   * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming
-   * characters is UTF-8
-   */
-  bool utf8 () const
-  {
-    Q_ASSERT (_codec);
-    return _codec->mibEnum () == 106;
-  }
-
-
-  /** TODO Document me */
-  virtual char eraseChar () const;
-
-  /** 
-   * Sets the key bindings used to key events
-   * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character
-   * streams to send to the terminal.
-   */
-  void setKeyBindings (const QString & name);
-  /** 
-   * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings.
-   * See setKeyBindings()
-   */
-  QString keyBindings () const;
-
-  /** 
-   * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen.
-   */
-  virtual void clearEntireScreen () = 0;
-
-  /** Resets the state of the terminal. */
-  virtual void reset () = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Returns true if the active terminal program wants
-   * mouse input events.
-   *
-   * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this
-   * changes.
-   */
-  bool programUsesMouse () const;
-
-  public slots:
-  /** Change the size of the emulation's image */
-    virtual void setImageSize (int lines, int columns);
-
-  /** 
-   * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal.
-   * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession.
-   */
-  virtual void sendText (const QString & text) = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with
-   * the resulting character stream. 
-   */
-  virtual void sendKeyEvent (QKeyEvent *);
-
-  /** 
-   * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape
-   * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData()
-   */
-  virtual void sendMouseEvent (int buttons, int column, int line,
-			       int eventType);
-
-  /**
-   * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. 
-   *
-   * @param string The characters to send.  
-   * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will
-   * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically.
-   */
-  virtual void sendString (const char *string, int length = -1) = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Processes an incoming stream of characters.  receiveData() decodes the incoming
-   * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for
-   * each unicode character in the resulting buffer.  
-   *
-   * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal
-   * to be emitted when it expires.  The timer allows multiple updates in quick
-   * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission.
-   *
-   * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program.
-   * @param len The length of @p buffer
-   */
-  void receiveData (const char *buffer, int len);
-
-    signals:
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the 
-   * standard input of the terminal.
-   *
-   * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent
-   * @param len The length of @p data in bytes
-   */
-  void sendData (const char *data, int len);
-
-  /** 
-   * Requests that sending of input to the emulation
-   * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed.
-   *
-   * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of 
-   * input from the terminal process' stdout be 
-   * suspended.  Otherwise requests that sending of
-   * input be resumed. 
-   */
-  void lockPtyRequest (bool suspend);
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process
-   * be set to UTF 8 mode.  
-   *
-   * TODO: More documentation
-   */
-  void useUtf8Request (bool);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set.
-   *
-   * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY
-   * or NOTIFYBELL
-   */
-  void stateSet (int state);
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the color of the text used
-   * to represent the tabs associated with this
-   * emulation be changed.  This is a Konsole-specific
-   * extension from pre-KDE 4 times.
-   *
-   * TODO: Document how the parameter works.
-   */
-  void changeTabTextColorRequest (int color);
-
-  /** 
-   * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or
-   * not it is interested in mouse events.
-   *
-   * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about
-   * mouse events or false otherwise.
-   */
-  void programUsesMouseChanged (bool usesMouse);
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change.
-   * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes,
-   * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when
-   * there is a lot of terminal activity.
-   *
-   * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows
-   * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal.
-   *
-   * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their
-   * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. 
-   */
-  void outputChanged ();
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the 
-   * session's title.  This also allows terminal programs to customize other
-   * aspects of the terminal emulation display. 
-   *
-   * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007"
-   * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what
-   * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value.
-   *
-   * TODO:  The name of this method is not very accurate since this method
-   * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting
-   * the user-title of the session.    
-   *
-   * @param title Specifies what to change.
-   * <ul>
-   * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle,
-   *         where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string ("#RRGGBB") or a named
-   *         color (eg 'red', 'blue').  
-   *         See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more
-   *         details.
-   * </li>
-   * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li>
-   * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session.  @p newTitle is the name 
-   *    of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon
-   *    theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li>
-   * </ul>
-   * @param newTitle Specifies the new title 
-   */
-
-  void titleChanged (int title, const QString & newTitle);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the
-   * screen size.
-   */
-  void imageSizeChanged (int lineCount, int columnCount);
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties
-   * of the terminal display.  
-   *
-   * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed
-   * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received.
-   * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance.
-   *
-   * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in
-   * the form:  name=value;name2=value2 ...
-   */
-  void profileChangeCommandReceived (const QString & text);
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when a flow control key combination ( Ctrl+S or Ctrl+Q ) is pressed.
-   * @param suspendKeyPressed True if Ctrl+S was pressed to suspend output or Ctrl+Q to
-   * resume output.
-   */
-  void flowControlKeyPressed (bool suspendKeyPressed);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void setMode (int mode) = 0;
-  virtual void resetMode (int mode) = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Processes an incoming character.  See receiveData()
-   * @p ch A unicode character code. 
-   */
-  virtual void receiveChar (int ch);
-
-  /** 
-   * Sets the active screen.  The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate.
-   * The primary screen is used by default.  When certain interactive programs such
-   * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen.
-   *
-   * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen
-   */
-  void setScreen (int index);
-
-  enum EmulationCodec
-  {
-    LocaleCodec = 0,
-    Utf8Codec = 1
-  };
-  void setCodec (EmulationCodec codec);	// codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8
-
-
-    QList < ScreenWindow * >_windows;
-
-  Screen *_currentScreen;	// pointer to the screen which is currently active, 
-  // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array
-
-  Screen *_screen[2];		// 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell
-  //                      scrollbars are enabled in this mode )
-  // 1 = alternate      ( used by vi , emacs etc.
-  //                      scrollbars are not enabled in this mode )
-
-
-  //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using 
-  //the current text codec.  (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.)
-  const QTextCodec *_codec;
-  QTextDecoder *_decoder;
-  const KeyboardTranslator *_keyTranslator;	// the keyboard layout
-
-  protected slots:
-  /** 
-   * Schedules an update of attached views.
-   * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update,
-   * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. 
-   */
-  void bufferedUpdate ();
-
-  private slots:
-    // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each
-    // view
-  void showBulk ();
-
-  void usesMouseChanged (bool usesMouse);
-
-private:
-    bool _usesMouse;
-  QTimer _bulkTimer1;
-  QTimer _bulkTimer2;
-
-};
-
-#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Filter.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Filter.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,618 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Filter.h"
-
-// System
-#include <iostream>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QAction>
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtCore/QString>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QSharedData>
-#include <QtCore/QFile>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-#include "konsole_export.h"
-
-FilterChain::~FilterChain ()
-{
-  QMutableListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      Filter *filter = iter.next ();
-      iter.remove ();
-      delete filter;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::addFilter (Filter * filter)
-{
-  append (filter);
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::removeFilter (Filter * filter)
-{
-  removeAll (filter);
-}
-
-bool
-FilterChain::containsFilter (Filter * filter)
-{
-  return contains (filter);
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::reset ()
-{
-  QListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    iter.next ()->reset ();
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::setBuffer (const QString * buffer,
-			const QList < int >*linePositions)
-{
-  QListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    iter.next ()->setBuffer (buffer, linePositions);
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::process ()
-{
-  QListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    iter.next ()->process ();
-}
-
-void
-FilterChain::clear ()
-{
-  QList < Filter * >::clear ();
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot * FilterChain::hotSpotAt (int line, int column) const
-{
-  QListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      Filter *
-	filter = iter.next ();
-      Filter::HotSpot * spot = filter->hotSpotAt (line, column);
-      if (spot != 0)
-	{
-	  return spot;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-QList < Filter::HotSpot * >FilterChain::hotSpots () const
-{
-  QList < Filter::HotSpot * >list;
-  QListIterator < Filter * >iter (*this);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      Filter *
-	filter = iter.next ();
-      list << filter->hotSpots ();
-    }
-  return list;
-}
-
-//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
-
-TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain ():_buffer (0),
-_linePositions (0)
-{
-}
-
-TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain ()
-{
-  delete _buffer;
-  delete _linePositions;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage (const Character * const image, int lines,
-				    int columns,
-				    const QVector < LineProperty >
-				    &lineProperties)
-{
-  if (empty ())
-    return;
-
-  // reset all filters and hotspots
-  reset ();
-
-  PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-  decoder.setTrailingWhitespace (false);
-
-  // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on
-  QString *newBuffer = new QString ();
-  QList < int >*newLinePositions = new QList < int >();
-  setBuffer (newBuffer, newLinePositions);
-
-  // free the old buffers
-  delete _buffer;
-  delete _linePositions;
-
-  _buffer = newBuffer;
-  _linePositions = newLinePositions;
-
-  QTextStream lineStream (_buffer);
-  decoder.begin (&lineStream);
-
-  for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
-    {
-      _linePositions->append (_buffer->length ());
-      decoder.decodeLine (image + i * columns, columns, LINE_DEFAULT);
-
-      // pretend that each line ends with a newline character.
-      // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line
-      // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line
-      //
-      // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not
-      // highlighted.  
-      //
-      // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a
-      // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped
-      // lines
-      if (!(lineProperties.value (i, LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED))
-	lineStream << QChar ('\n');
-    }
-  decoder.end ();
-}
-
-Filter::Filter ():
-_linePositions (0), _buffer (0)
-{
-}
-
-Filter::~Filter ()
-{
-  QListIterator < HotSpot * >iter (_hotspotList);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      delete iter.next ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Filter::reset ()
-{
-  _hotspots.clear ();
-  _hotspotList.clear ();
-}
-
-void
-Filter::setBuffer (const QString * buffer, const QList < int >*linePositions)
-{
-  _buffer = buffer;
-  _linePositions = linePositions;
-}
-
-void
-Filter::getLineColumn (int position, int &startLine, int &startColumn)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (_linePositions);
-  Q_ASSERT (_buffer);
-
-
-  for (int i = 0; i < _linePositions->count (); i++)
-    {
-      int nextLine = 0;
-
-      if (i == _linePositions->count () - 1)
-	nextLine = _buffer->length () + 1;
-      else
-	nextLine = _linePositions->value (i + 1);
-
-      if (_linePositions->value (i) <= position && position < nextLine)
-	{
-	  startLine = i;
-	  startColumn =
-	    string_width (buffer ()->
-			  mid (_linePositions->value (i),
-			       position - _linePositions->value (i)));
-	  return;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text)
-{
-    _linePositions << _buffer.length();
-    _buffer.append(text);
-}*/
-
-const QString *
-Filter::buffer ()
-{
-  return _buffer;
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot ()
-{
-}
-
-void
-Filter::addHotSpot (HotSpot * spot)
-{
-  _hotspotList << spot;
-
-  for (int line = spot->startLine (); line <= spot->endLine (); line++)
-    {
-      _hotspots.insert (line, spot);
-    }
-}
-
-QList < Filter::HotSpot * >Filter::hotSpots () const
-{
-  return _hotspotList;
-}
-
-QList < Filter::HotSpot * >Filter::hotSpotsAtLine (int line) const
-{
-  return _hotspots.values (line);
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot * Filter::hotSpotAt (int line, int column) const
-{
-  QListIterator < HotSpot * >spotIter (_hotspots.values (line));
-
-  while (spotIter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      HotSpot *
-	spot = spotIter.next ();
-
-      if (spot->startLine () == line && spot->startColumn () > column)
-	continue;
-      if (spot->endLine () == line && spot->endColumn () < column)
-	continue;
-
-      return spot;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine, int endColumn):_startLine (startLine), _startColumn (startColumn), _endLine (endLine),
-_endColumn (endColumn),
-_type (NotSpecified)
-{
-}
-
-QString
-Filter::HotSpot::tooltip () const
-{
-  return QString ();
-}
-
-QList < QAction * >Filter::HotSpot::actions ()
-{
-  return QList < QAction * >();
-}
-
-int
-Filter::HotSpot::startLine () const
-{
-  return _startLine;
-}
-
-int
-Filter::HotSpot::endLine () const
-{
-  return _endLine;
-}
-
-int
-Filter::HotSpot::startColumn () const
-{
-  return _startColumn;
-}
-
-int
-Filter::HotSpot::endColumn () const
-{
-  return _endColumn;
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type () const
-{
-  return _type;
-}
-
-void
-Filter::HotSpot::setType (Type type)
-{
-  _type = type;
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter ()
-{
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine,
-				int endColumn):
-Filter::HotSpot (startLine, startColumn, endLine, endColumn)
-{
-  setType (Marker);
-}
-
-void
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate (QObject *)
-{
-}
-
-void
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts (const QStringList & texts)
-{
-  _capturedTexts = texts;
-}
-
-QStringList
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts () const
-{
-  return _capturedTexts;
-}
-
-void
-RegExpFilter::setRegExp (const QRegExp & regExp)
-{
-  _searchText = regExp;
-}
-
-QRegExp
-RegExpFilter::regExp () const
-{
-  return _searchText;
-}
-
-/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int)
-{
-    _buffer = QString();
-}*/
-void
-RegExpFilter::process ()
-{
-  int pos = 0;
-  const QString *text = buffer ();
-
-  Q_ASSERT (text);
-
-  // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string.
-  // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely
-  static const QString emptyString ("");
-  if (_searchText.exactMatch (emptyString))
-    return;
-
-  while (pos >= 0)
-    {
-      pos = _searchText.indexIn (*text, pos);
-
-      if (pos >= 0)
-	{
-	  int startLine = 0;
-	  int endLine = 0;
-	  int startColumn = 0;
-	  int endColumn = 0;
-
-	  getLineColumn (pos, startLine, startColumn);
-	  getLineColumn (pos + _searchText.matchedLength (), endLine,
-			 endColumn);
-
-	  RegExpFilter::HotSpot * spot = newHotSpot (startLine, startColumn,
-						     endLine, endColumn);
-	  spot->setCapturedTexts (_searchText.capturedTexts ());
-
-	  addHotSpot (spot);
-	  pos += _searchText.matchedLength ();
-
-	  // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop
-	  if (_searchText.matchedLength () == 0)
-	    pos = -1;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot * RegExpFilter::newHotSpot (int startLine,
-						  int startColumn,
-						  int endLine, int endColumn)
-{
-  return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot (startLine, startColumn,
-				    endLine, endColumn);
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot * UrlFilter::newHotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn,
-					       int endLine, int endColumn)
-{
-  return new UrlFilter::HotSpot (startLine, startColumn, endLine, endColumn);
-}
-
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine, int endColumn):RegExpFilter::HotSpot (startLine, startColumn, endLine, endColumn),
-_urlObject (new
-	    FilterObject (this))
-{
-  setType (Link);
-}
-
-QString
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip () const
-{
-  QString
-    url = capturedTexts ().first ();
-
-  const UrlType
-    kind = urlType ();
-
-  if (kind == StandardUrl)
-    return QString ();
-  else if (kind == Email)
-    return QString ();
-  else
-    return QString ();
-}
-
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType () const
-{
-  QString
-    url = capturedTexts ().first ();
-
-  if (FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch (url))
-    return StandardUrl;
-  else if (EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch (url))
-    return Email;
-  else
-    return Unknown;
-}
-
-void
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate (QObject * object)
-{
-  QString
-    url = capturedTexts ().first ();
-
-  const UrlType
-    kind = urlType ();
-
-  const
-    QString &
-    actionName = object ? object->objectName () : QString ();
-
-  if (actionName == "copy-action")
-    {
-      QApplication::clipboard ()->setText (url);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (!object || actionName == "open-action")
-    {
-      if (kind == StandardUrl)
-	{
-	  // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then
-	  // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" )
-	  if (!url.contains ("://"))
-	    {
-	      url.prepend ("http://");
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (kind == Email)
-	{
-	  url.prepend ("mailto:");
-	}
-
-      //new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow());
-    }
-}
-
-// Note:  Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters 
-// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long
-// pieces of text.
-// Please be careful when altering them.
-
-//regexp matches:
-// full url:  
-// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot
-const QRegExp
-UrlFilter::
-
-FullUrlRegExp
-("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]");
-// email address:
-// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars]
-const QRegExp
-UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp ("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b");
-
-// matches full url or email address
-const QRegExp
-UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp ('(' + FullUrlRegExp.pattern () + '|' +
-			      EmailAddressRegExp.pattern () + ')');
-
-UrlFilter::UrlFilter ()
-{
-  setRegExp (CompleteUrlRegExp);
-}
-
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot ()
-{
-  delete
-    _urlObject;
-}
-
-void
-FilterObject::activated ()
-{
-  _filter->activate (sender ());
-}
-
-QList < QAction * >UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions ()
-{
-  QList < QAction * >list;
-
-  const UrlType
-    kind = urlType ();
-
-  QAction *
-    openAction = new QAction (_urlObject);
-  QAction *
-    copyAction = new QAction (_urlObject);;
-
-  Q_ASSERT (kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email);
-
-  if (kind == StandardUrl)
-    {
-      openAction->setText (tr ((char *) "Open Link"));
-      copyAction->setText (tr ((char *) "Copy Link Address"));
-    }
-  else if (kind == Email)
-    {
-      openAction->setText (tr ((char *) "Send Email To..."));
-      copyAction->setText (tr ((char *) "Copy Email Address"));
-    }
-
-  // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the
-  // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered
-  // action passed as a parameter.
-  openAction->setObjectName (QLatin1String ("open-action"));
-  copyAction->setObjectName (QLatin1String ("copy-action"));
-
-  QObject::connect (openAction, SIGNAL (triggered ()), _urlObject,
-		    SLOT (activated ()));
-  QObject::connect (copyAction, SIGNAL (triggered ()), _urlObject,
-		    SLOT (activated ()));
-
-  list << openAction;
-  list << copyAction;
-
-  return list;
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Filter.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Filter.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef FILTER_H
-#define FILTER_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QAction>
-#include <QtCore/QList>
-#include <QtCore/QObject>
-#include <QtCore/QStringList>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
-
-// Local
-#include "Character.h"
-
-
-/**
- * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list)
- * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'.
- *
- * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
- * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
- * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
- * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
- *
- * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
- * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
- * actions() method.
- *
- * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot.
- * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest.
- * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest
- * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot()
- */
-class Filter
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for.
-    *
-    * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
-    * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
-    * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
-    * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
-    *
-    * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
-    * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
-    * actions() method.  These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. 
-    */
-  class HotSpot
-  {
-  public:
-       /** 
-        * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn)
-        * in a block of text.
-        */
-    HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine, int endColumn);
-    virtual ~ HotSpot ();
-
-    enum Type
-    {
-      // the type of the hotspot is not specified
-      NotSpecified,
-      // this hotspot represents a clickable link
-      Link,
-      // this hotspot represents a marker
-      Marker
-    };
-
-       /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */
-    int startLine () const;
-       /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */
-    int endLine () const;
-       /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */
-    int startColumn () const;
-       /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */
-    int endColumn () const;
-       /** 
-        * Returns the type of the hotspot.  This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent
-        * the hotspot graphically.  eg.  Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them
-        */
-    Type type () const;
-       /** 
-        * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. 
-        *
-        * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered.  This is
-        * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or
-        * one of the objects from the actions() list.  In which case the associated
-        * action should be performed. 
-        */
-    virtual void activate (QObject * object = 0) = 0;
-       /** 
-        * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a 
-        * menu or toolbar 
-        */
-    virtual QList < QAction * >actions ();
-
-       /** 
-        * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or
-        * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot.
-        *
-        * The default implementation returns an empty string. 
-        */
-    virtual QString tooltip () const;
-
-  protected:
-       /** Sets the type of a hotspot.  This should only be set once */
-    void setType (Type type);
-
-  private:
-    int _startLine;
-    int _startColumn;
-    int _endLine;
-    int _endColumn;
-    Type _type;
-
-  };
-
-    /** Constructs a new filter. */
-  Filter ();
-  virtual ~ Filter ();
-
-    /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */
-  virtual void process () = 0;
-
-    /** 
-     * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0.
-     * All hotspots are deleted. 
-     */
-  void reset ();
-
-    /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */
-  //void addLine(const QString& string);
-
-    /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */
-  HotSpot *hotSpotAt (int line, int column) const;
-
-    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */
-  QList < HotSpot * >hotSpots ()const;
-
-    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */
-  QList < HotSpot * >hotSpotsAtLine (int line) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * TODO: Document me
-     */
-  void setBuffer (const QString * buffer, const QList < int >*linePositions);
-
-protected:
-    /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */
-  void addHotSpot (HotSpot *);
-    /** Returns the internal buffer */
-  const QString *buffer ();
-    /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */
-  void getLineColumn (int position, int &startLine, int &startColumn);
-
-private:
-  QMultiHash < int, HotSpot * >_hotspots;
-  QList < HotSpot * >_hotspotList;
-
-  const QList < int >*_linePositions;
-  const QString *_buffer;
-};
-
-/** 
- * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
- * instance for them.
- *
- * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression
- * are found. 
- */
-class RegExpFilter:public Filter
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter.  The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text
-     * matched by the filter's regular expression.
-     */
-  class HotSpot:public Filter::HotSpot
-  {
-  public:
-    HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine, int endColumn);
-    virtual void activate (QObject * object = 0);
-
-	/** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */
-    void setCapturedTexts (const QStringList & texts);
-	/** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */
-    QStringList capturedTexts () const;
-  private:
-      QStringList _capturedTexts;
-  };
-
-    /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */
-  RegExpFilter ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. 
-     *
-     * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching
-     * anything. 
-     */
-  void setRegExp (const QRegExp & text);
-    /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */
-  QRegExp regExp () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() 
-     *
-     * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately
-     * without finding results. 
-     */
-  virtual void process ();
-
-protected:
-    /** 
-     * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered.  Subclasses should reimplement this
-     * to return custom hotspot types
-     */
-  virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot * newHotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn,
-					      int endLine, int endColumn);
-
-private:
-  QRegExp _searchText;
-};
-
-class FilterObject;
-
-/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */
-class UrlFilter:public RegExpFilter
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances.  The activate() method opens a web browser 
-     * at the given URL when called.
-     */
-  class HotSpot:public RegExpFilter::HotSpot
-  {
-  public:
-    HotSpot (int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine, int endColumn);
-      virtual ~ HotSpot ();
-
-    virtual QList < QAction * >actions ();
-
-	/** 
-         * Open a web browser at the current URL.  The url itself can be determined using
-         * the capturedTexts() method.
-         */
-    virtual void activate (QObject * object = 0);
-
-    virtual QString tooltip () const;
-  private:
-    enum UrlType
-    {
-      StandardUrl,
-      Email,
-      Unknown
-    };
-    UrlType urlType () const;
-
-    FilterObject *_urlObject;
-  };
-
-  UrlFilter ();
-
-protected:
-  virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot * newHotSpot (int, int, int, int);
-
-private:
-
-  static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp;
-  static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp;
-
-  // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp
-  static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp;
-};
-
-class FilterObject:public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-  FilterObject (Filter::HotSpot * filter):_filter (filter)
-  {
-  }
-  private slots:void activated ();
-private:
-  Filter::HotSpot * _filter;
-};
-
-/** 
- * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. 
- * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed.
- *
- * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain.  
- * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional
- * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use
- * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text.
- *
- * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's
- * internal cursor back to the first line.
- *
- * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position.
- *
- * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on
- * a given line respectively.
- */
-class FilterChain:protected QList < Filter * >
-{
-public:
-  virtual ~ FilterChain ();
-
-    /** Adds a new filter to the chain.  The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */
-  void addFilter (Filter * filter);
-    /** Removes a filter from the chain.  The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */
-  void removeFilter (Filter * filter);
-    /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */
-  bool containsFilter (Filter * filter);
-    /** Removes all filters from the chain */
-  void clear ();
-
-    /** Resets each filter in the chain */
-  void reset ();
-    /**
-     * Processes each filter in the chain 
-     */
-  void process ();
-
-    /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */
-  void setBuffer (const QString * buffer, const QList < int >*linePositions);
-
-    /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */
-    Filter::HotSpot * hotSpotAt (int line, int column) const;
-    /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */
-    QList < Filter::HotSpot * >hotSpots () const;
-    /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */
-    QList < Filter::HotSpot > hotSpotsAtLine (int line) const;
-
-};
-
-/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */
-class TerminalImageFilterChain:public FilterChain
-{
-public:
-  TerminalImageFilterChain ();
-  virtual ~ TerminalImageFilterChain ();
-
-    /**
-     * Set the current terminal image to @p image.
-     *
-     * @param image The terminal image
-     * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image
-     * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image
-     * @param lineProperties The line properties to set for image
-     */
-  void setImage (const Character * const image, int lines, int columns,
-		 const QVector < LineProperty > &lineProperties);
-
-private:
-    QString * _buffer;
-    QList < int >*_linePositions;
-};
-
-#endif //FILTER_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-		
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-				
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#include "QTerminalWidget.h"
-#include "Session.h"
-#include "TerminalDisplay.h"
-
-struct TermWidgetImpl
-{
-  TermWidgetImpl (QWidget * parent = 0);
-
-  TerminalDisplay *m_terminalDisplay;
-  Session *m_session;
-  Session *createSession ();
-  TerminalDisplay *createTerminalDisplay (QWidget * parent);
-};
-
-TermWidgetImpl::TermWidgetImpl (QWidget * parent)
-{
-  QPalette palette = QApplication::palette ();
-  m_session = createSession ();
-  m_terminalDisplay = createTerminalDisplay (parent);
-  m_terminalDisplay->setBackgroundColor (palette.color (QPalette::Base));
-  m_terminalDisplay->setForegroundColor (palette.color (QPalette::Text));
-}
-
-Session *
-TermWidgetImpl::createSession ()
-{
-  Session *session = new Session ();
-  session->setTitle (Session::NameRole, "QTerminalWidget");
-  session->setProgram ("/bin/bash");
-  session->setArguments (QStringList ());
-  session->setAutoClose (true);
-  session->setCodec (QTextCodec::codecForName ("UTF-8"));
-  session->setFlowControlEnabled (true);
-  session->setHistoryType (HistoryTypeBuffer (1000));
-  session->setDarkBackground (true);
-  session->setKeyBindings ("");
-  return session;
-}
-
-TerminalDisplay *
-TermWidgetImpl::createTerminalDisplay (QWidget * parent)
-{
-  TerminalDisplay *display = new TerminalDisplay (parent);
-  display->setBellMode (TerminalDisplay::NotifyBell);
-  display->setTerminalSizeHint (true);
-  display->setTripleClickMode (TerminalDisplay::SelectWholeLine);
-  display->setTerminalSizeStartup (true);
-  return display;
-}
-
-QTerminalWidget::QTerminalWidget (int startnow, QWidget * parent):QWidget
-  (parent)
-{
-  m_impl = new TermWidgetImpl (this);
-
-  initialize ();
-
-  if (startnow && m_impl->m_session)
-    {
-      m_impl->m_session->run ();
-    }
-
-  setFocus (Qt::OtherFocusReason);
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize (this->size ());
-  setFocusProxy (m_impl->m_terminalDisplay);
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::initialize ()
-{
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize (80, 40);
-
-  QFont font = QApplication::font ();
-  font.setFamily ("Monospace");
-  font.setPointSize (10);
-  font.setStyleHint (QFont::TypeWriter);
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setVTFont (font);
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setScrollBarPosition (TerminalDisplay::ScrollBarRight);
-
-  m_impl->m_session->addView (m_impl->m_terminalDisplay);
-
-  connect (m_impl->m_session, SIGNAL (finished ()), this,
-	   SLOT (sessionFinished ()));
-}
-
-QTerminalWidget::~QTerminalWidget ()
-{
-  emit destroyed ();
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::openTeletype (int fd)
-{
-  m_impl->m_session->openTeletype (fd);
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::setTextCodec (QTextCodec * codec)
-{
-  if (!m_impl->m_session)
-    return;
-  m_impl->m_session->setCodec (codec);
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::setSize (int h, int v)
-{
-  if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay)
-    return;
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize (h, v);
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::setHistorySize (int lines)
-{
-  if (lines < 0)
-    m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType (HistoryTypeFile ());
-  else
-    m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType (HistoryTypeBuffer (lines));
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::sendText (const QString & text)
-{
-  m_impl->m_session->sendText (text);
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::resizeEvent (QResizeEvent *)
-{
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize (this->size ());
-  m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->update ();
-}
-
-void
-QTerminalWidget::sessionFinished ()
-{
-  emit finished ();
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/QTerminalWidget.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef QTERMINALWIDGET_H
-#define QTERMINALWIDGET_H
-
-#include <QtGui>
-
-struct TermWidgetImpl;
-/**
-  * \class QTerminalWidget
-  * This class forms a widget class that can be inserted into other widgets.
-  */
-class QTerminalWidget:public QWidget
-{
-  Q_OBJECT
-public:
-  QTerminalWidget (int startnow = 1, QWidget * parent = 0);
-  ~QTerminalWidget ();
-
-  void openTeletype (int fd);
-
-  /** Text codec, default is UTF-8. */
-  void setTextCodec (QTextCodec * codec);
-
-  /** Resize terminal widget. */
-  void setSize (int h, int v);
-
-  /** History size for scrolling, values below zero mean infinite. */
-  void setHistorySize (int lines);
-
-  /** Send some text to the terminal. */
-  void sendText (const QString & text);
-
-signals:
-  /** Emitted, when the current program has finished. */
-  void finished ();
-
-protected:
-  virtual void resizeEvent (QResizeEvent *);
-
-protected slots:
-  void sessionFinished ();
-
-private:
-  /** Performs initial operations on this widget. */
-  void initialize ();
-  TermWidgetImpl *m_impl;
-};
-
-#endif // QTERMINALWIDGET_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Screen.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Screen.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1528 +0,0 @@
-/*
-   This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-
-   Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robert.knight@gmail.com>
-   Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-   02110-1301  USA.
-   */
-
-// Own
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-// Standard
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QDate>
-
-
-// Konsole
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI.
-//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo.
-#define BS_CLEARS false
-
-//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image.
-//
-//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of 
-//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an
-//offset from the beginning of the block.  For efficiency reasons this
-//is no longer the case.  
-//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on,
-//notably moveImage() and clearImage().
-//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset.
-#ifndef loc
-#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X))
-#endif
-
-
-Character
-  Screen::defaultChar = Character (' ',
-				   CharacterColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-						   DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
-				   CharacterColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-						   DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
-				   DEFAULT_RENDITION);
-
-//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES  // for wrapped line debug
-
-Screen::Screen (int l, int c):
-lines (l),
-columns (c),
-screenLines (new ImageLine[lines + 1]),
-_scrolledLines (0),
-_droppedLines (0),
-history (new HistoryScrollNone ()),
-cuX (0),
-cuY (0),
-currentRendition (0),
-_topMargin (0),
-_bottomMargin (0),
-selBegin (0),
-selTopLeft (0),
-selBottomRight (0),
-blockSelectionMode (false),
-effectiveForeground (CharacterColor ()),
-effectiveBackground (CharacterColor ()),
-effectiveRendition (0),
-lastPos (-1)
-{
-  lineProperties.resize (lines + 1);
-  for (int i = 0; i < lines + 1; i++)
-    lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT;
-
-  initTabStops ();
-  clearSelection ();
-  reset ();
-}
-
-/*! Destructor
-*/
-
-Screen::~Screen ()
-{
-  delete[]screenLines;
-  delete history;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::cursorUp (int n)
-    //=CUU
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  int stop = cuY < _topMargin ? 0 : _topMargin;
-  cuX = qMin (columns - 1, cuX);	// nowrap!
-  cuY = qMax (stop, cuY - n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::cursorDown (int n)
-    //=CUD
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  int stop = cuY > _bottomMargin ? lines - 1 : _bottomMargin;
-  cuX = qMin (columns - 1, cuX);	// nowrap!
-  cuY = qMin (stop, cuY + n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::cursorLeft (int n)
-    //=CUB
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  cuX = qMin (columns - 1, cuX);	// nowrap!
-  cuX = qMax (0, cuX - n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::cursorRight (int n)
-    //=CUF
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  cuX = qMin (columns - 1, cuX + n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setMargins (int top, int bot)
-    //=STBM
-{
-  if (top == 0)
-    top = 1;			// Default
-  if (bot == 0)
-    bot = lines;		// Default
-  top = top - 1;		// Adjust to internal lineno
-  bot = bot - 1;		// Adjust to internal lineno
-  if (!(0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines))
-    {				//Debug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range.";
-      return;			// Default error action: ignore
-    }
-  _topMargin = top;
-  _bottomMargin = bot;
-  cuX = 0;
-  cuY = getMode (MODE_Origin) ? top : 0;
-
-}
-
-int
-Screen::topMargin () const
-{
-  return _topMargin;
-}
-
-int
-Screen::bottomMargin () const
-{
-  return _bottomMargin;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::index ()
-    //=IND
-{
-  if (cuY == _bottomMargin)
-    scrollUp (1);
-  else if (cuY < lines - 1)
-    cuY += 1;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::reverseIndex ()
-    //=RI
-{
-  if (cuY == _topMargin)
-    scrollDown (_topMargin, 1);
-  else if (cuY > 0)
-    cuY -= 1;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::nextLine ()
-    //=NEL
-{
-  toStartOfLine ();
-  index ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::eraseChars (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  int p = qMax (0, qMin (cuX + n - 1, columns - 1));
-  clearImage (loc (cuX, cuY), loc (p, cuY), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::deleteChars (int n)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (n >= 0);
-
-  // always delete at least one char
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;
-
-  // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do
-  if (cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count ())
-    return;
-
-  if (cuX + n > screenLines[cuY].count ())
-    n = screenLines[cuY].count () - cuX;
-
-  Q_ASSERT (n >= 0);
-  Q_ASSERT (cuX + n <= screenLines[cuY].count ());
-
-  screenLines[cuY].remove (cuX, n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::insertChars (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-
-  if (screenLines[cuY].size () < cuX)
-    screenLines[cuY].resize (cuX);
-
-  screenLines[cuY].insert (cuX, n, ' ');
-
-  if (screenLines[cuY].count () > columns)
-    screenLines[cuY].resize (columns);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::deleteLines (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  scrollUp (cuY, n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::insertLines (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  scrollDown (cuY, n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setMode (int m)
-{
-  currentModes[m] = true;
-  switch (m)
-    {
-    case MODE_Origin:
-      cuX = 0;
-      cuY = _topMargin;
-      break;			//FIXME: home
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::resetMode (int m)
-{
-  currentModes[m] = false;
-  switch (m)
-    {
-    case MODE_Origin:
-      cuX = 0;
-      cuY = 0;
-      break;			//FIXME: home
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::saveMode (int m)
-{
-  savedModes[m] = currentModes[m];
-}
-
-void
-Screen::restoreMode (int m)
-{
-  currentModes[m] = savedModes[m];
-}
-
-bool
-Screen::getMode (int m) const
-{
-  return currentModes[m];
-}
-
-void
-Screen::saveCursor ()
-{
-  savedState.cursorColumn = cuX;
-  savedState.cursorLine = cuY;
-  savedState.rendition = currentRendition;
-  savedState.foreground = currentForeground;
-  savedState.background = currentBackground;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::restoreCursor ()
-{
-  cuX = qMin (savedState.cursorColumn, columns - 1);
-  cuY = qMin (savedState.cursorLine, lines - 1);
-  currentRendition = savedState.rendition;
-  currentForeground = savedState.foreground;
-  currentBackground = savedState.background;
-  updateEffectiveRendition ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::resizeImage (int new_lines, int new_columns)
-{
-  if ((new_lines == lines) && (new_columns == columns))
-    return;
-
-  if (cuY > new_lines - 1)
-    {				// attempt to preserve focus and lines
-      _bottomMargin = lines - 1;	//FIXME: margin lost
-      for (int i = 0; i < cuY - (new_lines - 1); i++)
-	{
-	  addHistLine ();
-	  scrollUp (0, 1);
-	}
-    }
-
-  // create new screen lines and copy from old to new
-
-  ImageLine *newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines + 1];
-  for (int i = 0; i < qMin (lines - 1, new_lines + 1); i++)
-    newScreenLines[i] = screenLines[i];
-  for (int i = lines; (i > 0) && (i < new_lines + 1); i++)
-    newScreenLines[i].resize (new_columns);
-
-  lineProperties.resize (new_lines + 1);
-  for (int i = lines; (i > 0) && (i < new_lines + 1); i++)
-    lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT;
-
-  clearSelection ();
-
-  delete[]screenLines;
-  screenLines = newScreenLines;
-
-  lines = new_lines;
-  columns = new_columns;
-  cuX = qMin (cuX, columns - 1);
-  cuY = qMin (cuY, lines - 1);
-
-  // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl.
-  _topMargin = 0;
-  _bottomMargin = lines - 1;
-  initTabStops ();
-  clearSelection ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setDefaultMargins ()
-{
-  _topMargin = 0;
-  _bottomMargin = lines - 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-   Clarifying rendition here and in the display.
-
-   currently, the display's color table is
-   0       1       2 .. 9    10 .. 17
-   dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7
-
-   currentForeground, currentBackground contain values 0..8;
-   - 0    = default color
-   - 1..8 = ansi specified color
-
-   re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17
-   due to the TerminalDisplay's color table
-
-   rendition attributes are
-
-   attr           widget screen
-   -------------- ------ ------
-   RE_UNDERLINE     XX     XX    affects foreground only
-   RE_BLINK         XX     XX    affects foreground only
-   RE_BOLD          XX     XX    affects foreground only
-   RE_REVERSE       --     XX
-   RE_TRANSPARENT   XX     --    affects background only
-   RE_INTENSIVE     XX     --    affects foreground only
-
-   Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget
-   and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102
-   is to poor to distinguish between bold
-   (which is a font attribute) and intensive
-   (which is a color attribute), we translate
-   this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart
-   into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE.
-   */
-
-void
-Screen::reverseRendition (Character & p) const
-{
-  CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor;
-  CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor;
-
-  p.foregroundColor = b;
-  p.backgroundColor = f;	//p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::updateEffectiveRendition ()
-{
-  effectiveRendition = currentRendition;
-  if (currentRendition & RE_REVERSE)
-    {
-      effectiveForeground = currentBackground;
-      effectiveBackground = currentForeground;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      effectiveForeground = currentForeground;
-      effectiveBackground = currentBackground;
-    }
-
-  if (currentRendition & RE_BOLD)
-    effectiveForeground.toggleIntensive ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::copyFromHistory (Character * dest, int startLine, int count) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (startLine >= 0 && count > 0
-	    && startLine + count <= history->getLines ());
-
-  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++)
-    {
-      const int length = qMin (columns, history->getLineLen (line));
-      const int destLineOffset = (line - startLine) * columns;
-
-      history->getCells (line, 0, length, dest + destLineOffset);
-
-      for (int column = length; column < columns; column++)
-	dest[destLineOffset + column] = defaultChar;
-
-      // invert selected text
-      if (selBegin != -1)
-	{
-	  for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
-	    {
-	      if (isSelected (column, line))
-		{
-		  reverseRendition (dest[destLineOffset + column]);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::copyFromScreen (Character * dest, int startLine, int count) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines);
-
-  for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine + count); line++)
-    {
-      int srcLineStartIndex = line * columns;
-      int destLineStartIndex = (line - startLine) * columns;
-
-      for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
-	{
-	  int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column;
-	  int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column;
-
-	  dest[destIndex] =
-	    screenLines[srcIndex / columns].value (srcIndex % columns,
-						   defaultChar);
-
-	  // invert selected text
-	  if (selBegin != -1
-	      && isSelected (column, line + history->getLines ()))
-	    reverseRendition (dest[destIndex]);
-	}
-
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::getImage (Character * dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (startLine >= 0);
-  Q_ASSERT (endLine >= startLine && endLine < history->getLines () + lines);
-
-  const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1;
-
-  Q_ASSERT (size >= mergedLines * columns);
-  Q_UNUSED (size);
-
-  const int linesInHistoryBuffer =
-    qBound (0, history->getLines () - startLine, mergedLines);
-  const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer;
-
-  // copy lines from history buffer
-  if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0)
-    copyFromHistory (dest, startLine, linesInHistoryBuffer);
-
-  // copy lines from screen buffer
-  if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0)
-    copyFromScreen (dest + linesInHistoryBuffer * columns,
-		    startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - history->getLines (),
-		    linesInScreenBuffer);
-
-  // invert display when in screen mode
-  if (getMode (MODE_Screen))
-    {
-      for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines * columns; i++)
-	reverseRendition (dest[i]);	// for reverse display
-    }
-
-  // mark the character at the current cursor position
-  int cursorIndex = loc (cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer);
-  if (getMode (MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns * mergedLines)
-    dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR;
-}
-
-QVector < LineProperty > Screen::getLineProperties (int startLine,
-                                                    int endLine) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (startLine >= 0);
-  Q_ASSERT (endLine >= startLine && endLine < history->getLines () + lines);
-
-  const int
-    mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1;
-  const int
-    linesInHistory =
-    qBound (0, history->getLines () - startLine, mergedLines);
-  const int
-    linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory;
-
-  QVector < LineProperty > result (mergedLines);
-  int
-    index = 0;
-
-  // copy properties for lines in history
-  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++)
-    {
-      //TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines
-      if (history->isWrappedLine (line))
-	{
-	  result[index] = (LineProperty) (result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED);
-	}
-      index++;
-    }
-
-  // copy properties for lines in screen buffer
-  const int
-    firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - history->getLines ();
-  for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine + linesInScreen;
-       line++)
-    {
-      result[index] = lineProperties[line];
-      index++;
-    }
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::reset (bool clearScreen)
-{
-  setMode (MODE_Wrap);
-  saveMode (MODE_Wrap);		// wrap at end of margin
-  resetMode (MODE_Origin);
-  saveMode (MODE_Origin);	// position refere to [1,1]
-  resetMode (MODE_Insert);
-  saveMode (MODE_Insert);	// overstroke
-  setMode (MODE_Cursor);	// cursor visible
-  resetMode (MODE_Screen);	// screen not inverse
-  resetMode (MODE_NewLine);
-
-  _topMargin = 0;
-  _bottomMargin = lines - 1;
-
-  setDefaultRendition ();
-  saveCursor ();
-
-  if (clearScreen)
-    clear ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clear ()
-{
-  clearEntireScreen ();
-  home ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::backspace ()
-{
-  cuX = qMin (columns - 1, cuX);	// nowrap!
-  cuX = qMax (0, cuX - 1);
-
-  if (screenLines[cuY].size () < cuX + 1)
-    screenLines[cuY].resize (cuX + 1);
-
-  if (BS_CLEARS)
-    screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' ';
-}
-
-void
-Screen::tab (int n)
-{
-  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;
-  while ((n > 0) && (cuX < columns - 1))
-    {
-      cursorRight (1);
-      while ((cuX < columns - 1) && !tabStops[cuX])
-	cursorRight (1);
-      n--;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::backtab (int n)
-{
-  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;
-  while ((n > 0) && (cuX > 0))
-    {
-      cursorLeft (1);
-      while ((cuX > 0) && !tabStops[cuX])
-	cursorLeft (1);
-      n--;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearTabStops ()
-{
-  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++)
-    tabStops[i] = false;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::changeTabStop (bool set)
-{
-  if (cuX >= columns)
-    return;
-  tabStops[cuX] = set;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::initTabStops ()
-{
-  tabStops.resize (columns);
-
-  // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other.
-  // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1.
-  // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware.
-  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++)
-    tabStops[i] = (i % 8 == 0 && i != 0);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::newLine ()
-{
-  if (getMode (MODE_NewLine))
-    toStartOfLine ();
-  index ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::checkSelection (int from, int to)
-{
-  if (selBegin == -1)
-    return;
-  int scr_TL = loc (0, history->getLines ());
-  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to]
-  if ((selBottomRight >= (from + scr_TL)) && (selTopLeft <= (to + scr_TL)))
-    clearSelection ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::displayCharacter (unsigned short c)
-{
-  // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character.
-  // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions.
-  // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by
-  // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen.
-
-  int w = konsole_wcwidth (c);
-  if (w <= 0)
-    return;
-
-  if (cuX + w > columns)
-    {
-      if (getMode (MODE_Wrap))
-	{
-	  lineProperties[cuY] =
-	    (LineProperty) (lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED);
-	  nextLine ();
-	}
-      else
-	cuX = columns - w;
-    }
-
-  // ensure current line vector has enough elements
-  int size = screenLines[cuY].size ();
-  if (size < cuX + w)
-    {
-      screenLines[cuY].resize (cuX + w);
-    }
-
-  if (getMode (MODE_Insert))
-    insertChars (w);
-
-  lastPos = loc (cuX, cuY);
-
-  // check if selection is still valid.
-  checkSelection (lastPos, lastPos);
-
-  Character & currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX];
-
-  currentChar.character = c;
-  currentChar.foregroundColor = effectiveForeground;
-  currentChar.backgroundColor = effectiveBackground;
-  currentChar.rendition = effectiveRendition;
-
-  int i = 0;
-  int newCursorX = cuX + w--;
-  while (w)
-    {
-      i++;
-
-      if (screenLines[cuY].size () < cuX + i + 1)
-	screenLines[cuY].resize (cuX + i + 1);
-
-      Character & ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i];
-      ch.character = 0;
-      ch.foregroundColor = effectiveForeground;
-      ch.backgroundColor = effectiveBackground;
-      ch.rendition = effectiveRendition;
-
-      w--;
-    }
-  cuX = newCursorX;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::compose (const QString & /*compose */ )
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (0 /*Not implemented yet */ );
-
-  /*  if (lastPos == -1)
-     return;
-
-     QChar c(image[lastPos].character);
-     compose.prepend(c);
-     //compose.compose(); ### FIXME!
-     image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode(); */
-}
-
-int
-Screen::scrolledLines () const
-{
-  return _scrolledLines;
-}
-
-int
-Screen::droppedLines () const
-{
-  return _droppedLines;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::resetDroppedLines ()
-{
-  _droppedLines = 0;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::resetScrolledLines ()
-{
-  _scrolledLines = 0;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::scrollUp (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  if (_topMargin == 0)
-    addHistLine ();		// history.history
-  scrollUp (_topMargin, n);
-}
-
-QRect
-Screen::lastScrolledRegion () const
-{
-  return _lastScrolledRegion;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::scrollUp (int from, int n)
-{
-  if (n <= 0 || from + n > _bottomMargin)
-    return;
-
-  _scrolledLines -= n;
-  _lastScrolledRegion =
-    QRect (0, _topMargin, columns - 1, (_bottomMargin - _topMargin));
-
-  //FIXME: make sure `topMargin', `bottomMargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
-  moveImage (loc (0, from), loc (0, from + n),
-	     loc (columns - 1, _bottomMargin));
-  clearImage (loc (0, _bottomMargin - n + 1),
-	      loc (columns - 1, _bottomMargin), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::scrollDown (int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;			// Default
-  scrollDown (_topMargin, n);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::scrollDown (int from, int n)
-{
-  _scrolledLines += n;
-
-  //FIXME: make sure `topMargin', `bottomMargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
-  if (n <= 0)
-    return;
-  if (from > _bottomMargin)
-    return;
-  if (from + n > _bottomMargin)
-    n = _bottomMargin - from;
-  moveImage (loc (0, from + n), loc (0, from),
-	     loc (columns - 1, _bottomMargin - n));
-  clearImage (loc (0, from), loc (columns - 1, from + n - 1), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setCursorYX (int y, int x)
-{
-  setCursorY (y);
-  setCursorX (x);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setCursorX (int x)
-{
-  if (x == 0)
-    x = 1;			// Default
-  x -= 1;			// Adjust
-  cuX = qMax (0, qMin (columns - 1, x));
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setCursorY (int y)
-{
-  if (y == 0)
-    y = 1;			// Default
-  y -= 1;			// Adjust
-  cuY =
-    qMax (0, qMin (lines - 1, y + (getMode (MODE_Origin) ? _topMargin : 0)));
-}
-
-void
-Screen::home ()
-{
-  cuX = 0;
-  cuY = 0;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::toStartOfLine ()
-{
-  cuX = 0;
-}
-
-int
-Screen::getCursorX () const
-{
-  return cuX;
-}
-
-int
-Screen::getCursorY () const
-{
-  return cuY;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearImage (int loca, int loce, char c)
-{
-  int scr_TL = loc (0, history->getLines ());
-  //FIXME: check positions
-
-  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved...
-  if ((selBottomRight > (loca + scr_TL)) && (selTopLeft < (loce + scr_TL)))
-    {
-      clearSelection ();
-    }
-
-  int topLine = loca / columns;
-  int bottomLine = loce / columns;
-
-  Character clearCh (c, currentForeground, currentBackground,
-		     DEFAULT_RENDITION);
-
-  //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the
-  //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk.
-  bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character ());
-
-  for (int y = topLine; y <= bottomLine; y++)
-    {
-      lineProperties[y] = 0;
-
-      int endCol = (y == bottomLine) ? loce % columns : columns - 1;
-      int startCol = (y == topLine) ? loca % columns : 0;
-
-      QVector < Character > &line = screenLines[y];
-
-      if (isDefaultCh && endCol == columns - 1)
-	{
-	  line.resize (startCol);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (line.size () < endCol + 1)
-	    line.resize (endCol + 1);
-
-	  Character *data = line.data ();
-	  for (int i = startCol; i <= endCol; i++)
-	    data[i] = clearCh;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::moveImage (int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (sourceBegin <= sourceEnd);
-
-  int lines = (sourceEnd - sourceBegin) / columns;
-
-  //move screen image and line properties:
-  //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, 
-  //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - 
-  //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise.
-  //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details)
-  if (dest < sourceBegin)
-    {
-      for (int i = 0; i <= lines; i++)
-	{
-	  screenLines[(dest / columns) + i] =
-	    screenLines[(sourceBegin / columns) + i];
-	  lineProperties[(dest / columns) + i] =
-	    lineProperties[(sourceBegin / columns) + i];
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      for (int i = lines; i >= 0; i--)
-	{
-	  screenLines[(dest / columns) + i] =
-	    screenLines[(sourceBegin / columns) + i];
-	  lineProperties[(dest / columns) + i] =
-	    lineProperties[(sourceBegin / columns) + i];
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (lastPos != -1)
-    {
-      int diff = dest - sourceBegin;	// Scroll by this amount
-      lastPos += diff;
-      if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines * columns)))
-	lastPos = -1;
-    }
-
-  // Adjust selection to follow scroll.
-  if (selBegin != -1)
-    {
-      bool beginIsTL = (selBegin == selTopLeft);
-      int diff = dest - sourceBegin;	// Scroll by this amount
-      int scr_TL = loc (0, history->getLines ());
-      int srca = sourceBegin + scr_TL;	// Translate index from screen to global
-      int srce = sourceEnd + scr_TL;	// Translate index from screen to global
-      int desta = srca + diff;
-      int deste = srce + diff;
-
-      if ((selTopLeft >= srca) && (selTopLeft <= srce))
-	selTopLeft += diff;
-      else if ((selTopLeft >= desta) && (selTopLeft <= deste))
-	selBottomRight = -1;	// Clear selection (see below)
-
-      if ((selBottomRight >= srca) && (selBottomRight <= srce))
-	selBottomRight += diff;
-      else if ((selBottomRight >= desta) && (selBottomRight <= deste))
-	selBottomRight = -1;	// Clear selection (see below)
-
-      if (selBottomRight < 0)
-	{
-	  clearSelection ();
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (selTopLeft < 0)
-	    selTopLeft = 0;
-	}
-
-      if (beginIsTL)
-	selBegin = selTopLeft;
-      else
-	selBegin = selBottomRight;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearToEndOfScreen ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (cuX, cuY), loc (columns - 1, lines - 1), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (0, 0), loc (cuX, cuY), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearEntireScreen ()
-{
-  // Add entire screen to history
-  for (int i = 0; i < (lines - 1); i++)
-    {
-      addHistLine ();
-      scrollUp (0, 1);
-    }
-
-  clearImage (loc (0, 0), loc (columns - 1, lines - 1), ' ');
-}
-
-/*! fill screen with 'E'
-  This is to aid screen alignment
-  */
-
-void
-Screen::helpAlign ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (0, 0), loc (columns - 1, lines - 1), 'E');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearToEndOfLine ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (cuX, cuY), loc (columns - 1, cuY), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearToBeginOfLine ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (0, cuY), loc (cuX, cuY), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearEntireLine ()
-{
-  clearImage (loc (0, cuY), loc (columns - 1, cuY), ' ');
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setRendition (int re)
-{
-  currentRendition |= re;
-  updateEffectiveRendition ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::resetRendition (int re)
-{
-  currentRendition &= ~re;
-  updateEffectiveRendition ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setDefaultRendition ()
-{
-  setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-  setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-  currentRendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
-  updateEffectiveRendition ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setForeColor (int space, int color)
-{
-  currentForeground = CharacterColor (space, color);
-
-  if (currentForeground.isValid ())
-    updateEffectiveRendition ();
-  else
-    setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setBackColor (int space, int color)
-{
-  currentBackground = CharacterColor (space, color);
-
-  if (currentBackground.isValid ())
-    updateEffectiveRendition ();
-  else
-    setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::clearSelection ()
-{
-  selBottomRight = -1;
-  selTopLeft = -1;
-  selBegin = -1;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::getSelectionStart (int &column, int &line) const
-{
-  if (selTopLeft != -1)
-    {
-      column = selTopLeft % columns;
-      line = selTopLeft / columns;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      column = cuX + getHistLines ();
-      line = cuY + getHistLines ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::getSelectionEnd (int &column, int &line) const
-{
-  if (selBottomRight != -1)
-    {
-      column = selBottomRight % columns;
-      line = selBottomRight / columns;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      column = cuX + getHistLines ();
-      line = cuY + getHistLines ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setSelectionStart (const int x, const int y, const bool mode)
-{
-  selBegin = loc (x, y);
-  /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
-  if (x == columns)
-    selBegin--;
-
-  selBottomRight = selBegin;
-  selTopLeft = selBegin;
-  blockSelectionMode = mode;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setSelectionEnd (const int x, const int y)
-{
-  if (selBegin == -1)
-    return;
-
-  int endPos = loc (x, y);
-
-  if (endPos < selBegin)
-    {
-      selTopLeft = endPos;
-      selBottomRight = selBegin;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
-      if (x == columns)
-	endPos--;
-
-      selTopLeft = selBegin;
-      selBottomRight = endPos;
-    }
-
-  // Normalize the selection in column mode
-  if (blockSelectionMode)
-    {
-      int topRow = selTopLeft / columns;
-      int topColumn = selTopLeft % columns;
-      int bottomRow = selBottomRight / columns;
-      int bottomColumn = selBottomRight % columns;
-
-      selTopLeft = loc (qMin (topColumn, bottomColumn), topRow);
-      selBottomRight = loc (qMax (topColumn, bottomColumn), bottomRow);
-    }
-}
-
-bool
-Screen::isSelected (const int x, const int y) const
-{
-  bool columnInSelection = true;
-  if (blockSelectionMode)
-    {
-      columnInSelection = x >= (selTopLeft % columns) &&
-	x <= (selBottomRight % columns);
-    }
-
-  int pos = loc (x, y);
-  return pos >= selTopLeft && pos <= selBottomRight && columnInSelection;
-}
-
-QString
-Screen::selectedText (bool preserveLineBreaks) const
-{
-  QString result;
-  QTextStream stream (&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite);
-
-  PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-  decoder.begin (&stream);
-  writeSelectionToStream (&decoder, preserveLineBreaks);
-  decoder.end ();
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-bool
-Screen::isSelectionValid () const
-{
-  return selTopLeft >= 0 && selBottomRight >= 0;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::writeSelectionToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder,
-                                bool preserveLineBreaks) const
-{
-  if (!isSelectionValid ())
-    return;
-  writeToStream (decoder, selTopLeft, selBottomRight, preserveLineBreaks);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::writeToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder,
-		       int startIndex, int endIndex,
-                       bool preserveLineBreaks) const
-{
-  int top = startIndex / columns;
-  int left = startIndex % columns;
-
-  int bottom = endIndex / columns;
-  int right = endIndex % columns;
-
-  Q_ASSERT (top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0);
-
-  for (int y = top; y <= bottom; y++)
-    {
-      int start = 0;
-      if (y == top || blockSelectionMode)
-	start = left;
-
-      int count = -1;
-      if (y == bottom || blockSelectionMode)
-	count = right - start + 1;
-
-      const bool appendNewLine = (y != bottom);
-      int copied = copyLineToStream (y,
-				     start,
-				     count,
-				     decoder,
-				     appendNewLine,
-				     preserveLineBreaks);
-
-      // if the selection goes beyond the end of the last line then
-      // append a new line character.
-      //
-      // this makes it possible to 'select' a trailing new line character after
-      // the text on a line.  
-      if (y == bottom && copied < count)
-	{
-	  Character newLineChar ('\n');
-	  decoder->decodeLine (&newLineChar, 1, 0);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-int
-Screen::copyLineToStream (int line,
-			  int start,
-			  int count,
-			  TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder,
-			  bool appendNewLine,
-                          bool preserveLineBreaks) const
-{
-  //buffer to hold characters for decoding
-  //the buffer is static to avoid initialising every 
-  //element on each call to copyLineToStream
-  //(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway)
-  static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024;
-  static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS];
-
-  assert (count < MAX_CHARS);
-
-  LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0;
-
-  //determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image
-  if (line < history->getLines ())
-    {
-      const int lineLength = history->getLineLen (line);
-
-      // ensure that start position is before end of line
-      start = qMin (start, qMax (0, lineLength - 1));
-
-      // retrieve line from history buffer.  It is assumed
-      // that the history buffer does not store trailing white space
-      // at the end of the line, so it does not need to be trimmed here 
-      if (count == -1)
-	{
-	  count = lineLength - start;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  count = qMin (start + count, lineLength) - start;
-	}
-
-      // safety checks
-      assert (start >= 0);
-      assert (count >= 0);
-      assert ((start + count) <= history->getLineLen (line));
-
-      history->getCells (line, start, count, characterBuffer);
-
-      if (history->isWrappedLine (line))
-	currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (count == -1)
-	count = columns - start;
-
-      assert (count >= 0);
-
-      const int screenLine = line - history->getLines ();
-
-      Character *data = screenLines[screenLine].data ();
-      int length = screenLines[screenLine].count ();
-
-      //retrieve line from screen image
-      for (int i = start; i < qMin (start + count, length); i++)
-	{
-	  characterBuffer[i - start] = data[i];
-	}
-
-      // count cannot be any greater than length
-      count = qBound (0, count, length - start);
-
-      Q_ASSERT (screenLine < lineProperties.count ());
-      currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine];
-    }
-
-  // add new line character at end
-  const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) ||
-    !preserveLineBreaks;
-
-  if (!omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count + 1 < MAX_CHARS))
-    {
-      characterBuffer[count] = '\n';
-      count++;
-    }
-
-  //decode line and write to text stream    
-  decoder->decodeLine ((Character *) characterBuffer,
-		       count, currentLineProperties);
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-void
-Screen::writeLinesToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder, int fromLine,
-                            int toLine) const
-{
-  writeToStream (decoder, loc (0, fromLine), loc (columns - 1, toLine));
-}
-
-void
-Screen::addHistLine ()
-{
-  // add line to history buffer
-  // we have to take care about scrolling, too...
-
-  if (hasScroll ())
-    {
-      int oldHistLines = history->getLines ();
-
-      history->addCellsVector (screenLines[0]);
-      history->addLine (lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED);
-
-      int newHistLines = history->getLines ();
-
-      bool beginIsTL = (selBegin == selTopLeft);
-
-      // If the history is full, increment the count
-      // of dropped lines
-      if (newHistLines == oldHistLines)
-	_droppedLines++;
-
-      // Adjust selection for the new point of reference
-      if (newHistLines > oldHistLines)
-	{
-	  if (selBegin != -1)
-	    {
-	      selTopLeft += columns;
-	      selBottomRight += columns;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (selBegin != -1)
-	{
-	  // Scroll selection in history up
-	  int top_BR = loc (0, 1 + newHistLines);
-
-	  if (selTopLeft < top_BR)
-	    selTopLeft -= columns;
-
-	  if (selBottomRight < top_BR)
-	    selBottomRight -= columns;
-
-	  if (selBottomRight < 0)
-	    clearSelection ();
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (selTopLeft < 0)
-		selTopLeft = 0;
-	    }
-
-	  if (beginIsTL)
-	    selBegin = selTopLeft;
-	  else
-	    selBegin = selBottomRight;
-	}
-    }
-
-}
-
-int
-Screen::getHistLines () const
-{
-  return history->getLines ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setScroll (const HistoryType & t, bool copyPreviousScroll)
-{
-  clearSelection ();
-
-  if (copyPreviousScroll)
-    history = t.scroll (history);
-  else
-    {
-      HistoryScroll *oldScroll = history;
-      history = t.scroll (0);
-      delete oldScroll;
-    }
-}
-
-bool
-Screen::hasScroll () const
-{
-  return history->hasScroll ();
-}
-
-const HistoryType &
-Screen::getScroll () const
-{
-  return history->getType ();
-}
-
-void
-Screen::setLineProperty (LineProperty property, bool enable)
-{
-  if (enable)
-    lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty) (lineProperties[cuY] | property);
-  else
-    lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty) (lineProperties[cuY] & ~property);
-}
-
-void
-Screen::fillWithDefaultChar (Character * dest, int count)
-{
-  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
-    dest[i] = defaultChar;
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Screen.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Screen.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,678 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
-
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SCREEN_H
-#define SCREEN_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QRect>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Character.h"
-#include "History.h"
-
-#define MODE_Origin    0
-#define MODE_Wrap      1
-#define MODE_Insert    2
-#define MODE_Screen    3
-#define MODE_Cursor    4
-#define MODE_NewLine   5
-#define MODES_SCREEN   6
-
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
-
-/**
-    \brief An image of characters with associated attributes.
-
-    The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of
-    characters from the program currently running in the terminal.
-    From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately
-    rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).  Some types of emulation
-    may have more than one screen image. 
-
-    getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image
-    which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the
-    terminal. 
-
-    The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current
-    screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output.  
-    The scroll is specified using setScroll()
-    The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream()
-
-    The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using 
-    setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd().  The selected text can be retrieved
-    using selectedText().  When getImage() is used to retrieve the visible image,
-    characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted.   
-*/
-class Screen
-{
-public:
-    /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */
-  Screen (int lines, int columns);
-   ~Screen ();
-
-  // VT100/2 Operations 
-  // Cursor Movement
-
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor up by @p n lines.  The cursor will stop at the 
-     * top margin.
-     */
-  void cursorUp (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor down by @p n lines.  The cursor will stop at the
-     * bottom margin.
-     */
-  void cursorDown (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns.
-     * The cursor will stop at the first column.
-     */
-  void cursorLeft (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns.
-     * The cursor will stop at the right-most column.
-     */
-  void cursorRight (int n);
-    /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */
-  void setCursorY (int y);
-    /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */
-  void setCursorX (int x);
-    /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */
-  void setCursorYX (int y, int x);
-    /**
-     * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen.
-     *
-     * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. 
-     * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. 
-     */
-  void setMargins (int topLine, int bottomLine);
-    /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */
-  int topMargin () const;
-    /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */
-  int bottomMargin () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-  void setDefaultMargins ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode 
-     * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost
-     * column first.
-     *
-     * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set
-     * or index() otherwise. 
-     */
-  void newLine ();
-    /**
-     * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning
-     * of the line.  Equivalent to calling Return() followed by index()
-     */
-  void nextLine ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor down one line.  If the cursor is on the bottom
-     * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the
-     * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead.
-     */
-  void index ();
-    /**
-     * Move the cursor up one line.  If the cursor is on the top line
-     * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling
-     * region is scrolled down by one line instead.
-     */
-  void reverseIndex ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. 
-     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed 
-     * using setMargins()
-     */
-  void scrollUp (int n);
-    /**
-     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines.
-     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed
-     * using setMargins()
-     */
-  void scrollDown (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. 
-     * Equivalent to setCursorX(0)
-     */
-  void toStartOfLine ();
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character
-     * at the new cursor position.
-     */
-  void backspace ();
-    /** Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right. */
-  void tab (int n = 1);
-    /** Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. */
-  void backtab (int n);
-
-  // Editing
-
-    /** 
-     * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
-     * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current
-     * cursor position with spaces.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. 
-     */
-  void eraseChars (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. 
-     */
-  void deleteChars (int n);
-    /**
-     * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.  
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted.
-     */
-  void insertChars (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed.
-     */
-  void deleteLines (int n);
-    /**
-     * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted.
-     */
-  void insertLines (int n);
-    /** Clears all the tab stops. */
-  void clearTabStops ();
-    /**  Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */
-  void changeTabStop (bool set);
-
-    /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */
-  void resetMode (int mode);
-    /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */
-  void setMode (int mode);
-    /** 
-     * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode.  It can be restored
-     * using restoreMode()
-     */
-  void saveMode (int mode);
-    /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */
-  void restoreMode (int mode);
-    /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/
-  bool getMode (int mode) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Saves the current position and appearance (text color and style) of the cursor. 
-     * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() 
-     */
-  void saveCursor ();
-    /** Restores the position and appearance of the cursor.  See saveCursor() */
-  void restoreCursor ();
-
-    /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */
-  void clearEntireScreen ();
-    /** 
-     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of 
-     * the screen.
-     */
-  void clearToEndOfScreen ();
-    /**
-     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-  void clearToBeginOfScreen ();
-    /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */
-  void clearEntireLine ();
-    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
-  void clearToEndOfLine ();
-    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */
-  void clearToBeginOfLine ();
-
-    /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */
-  void helpAlign ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Enables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearance 
-     * of characters on the screen.
-     *
-     * @see Character::rendition
-     */
-  void setRendition (int rendition);
-    /**
-     * Disables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearance
-     * of characters on the screen.
-     *
-     * @see Character::rendition
-     */
-  void resetRendition (int rendition);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the cursor's foreground color.
-     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument
-     * @param color The new foreground color.  The meaning of this depends on
-     * the color @p space used.
-     *
-     * @see CharacterColor
-     */
-  void setForeColor (int space, int color);
-    /**
-     * Sets the cursor's background color.
-     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet.
-     * @param color The new background color.  The meaning of this depends on
-     * the color @p space used.
-     *
-     * @see CharacterColor
-     */
-  void setBackColor (int space, int color);
-    /** 
-     * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the 
-     * character's rendition flags back to the default settings.
-     */
-  void setDefaultRendition ();
-
-    /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */
-  int getCursorX () const;
-    /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */
-  int getCursorY () const;
-
-    /** Clear the entire screen and move the cursor to the home position.
-     * Equivalent to calling clearEntireScreen() followed by home().
-     */
-  void clear ();
-    /** 
-     * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left
-     * corner of the screen (0,0) 
-     */
-  void home ();
-    /**
-     * Resets the state of the screen.  This resets the various screen modes
-     * back to their default states.  The cursor style and colors are reset
-     * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called)
-     *setDefaultRendition
-     * <ul>
-     * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li>
-     * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li>
-     * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li>
-     * <li>Cursor mode is enabled.  TODO Document me</li>
-     * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li>
-     * <li>New line mode is disabled.  TODO Document me</li>
-     * </ul>
-     *
-     * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, 
-     * otherwise they are unaltered.
-     */
-  void reset (bool clearScreen = true);
-
-    /** 
-     * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. 
-     * 
-     * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and
-     * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new 
-     * line below the current one.
-     *
-     * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character 
-     * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the 
-     * character already at the current cursor position.  
-     */
-  void displayCharacter (unsigned short c);
-
-  // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4
-  void compose (const QString & compose);
-
-    /** 
-     * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns.  
-     * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns,
-     * existing lines are not truncated.  This prevents characters from being lost
-     * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again.
-     *
-     * The top and bottom margins are reset to the top and bottom of the new 
-     * screen size.  Tab stops are also reset and the current selection is
-     * cleared.
-     */
-  void resizeImage (int new_lines, int new_columns);
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the current screen image.  
-     * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which
-     * must be freed by the caller after use.
-     *
-     * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into
-     * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters
-     * @param startLine Index of first line to copy
-     * @param endLine Index of last line to copy
-     */
-  void getImage (Character * dest, int size, int startLine,
-		 int endLine) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image.
-     * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the 
-     * line is wrapped,
-     * other attributes control the size of characters in the line.
-     */
-    QVector < LineProperty > getLineProperties (int startLine,
-						int endLine) const;
-
-
-    /** Return the number of lines. */
-  int getLines () const
-  {
-    return lines;
-  }
-    /** Return the number of columns. */
-  int getColumns () const
-  {
-    return columns;
-  }
-    /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */
-  int getHistLines () const;
-    /** 
-     * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. 
-     * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous 
-     * history buffer are copied into the new scroll.
-     */
-  void setScroll (const HistoryType &, bool copyPreviousScroll = true);
-    /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */
-  const HistoryType & getScroll () const;
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen
-     * in a history buffer.
-     */
-  bool hasScroll () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the start of the selection.
-     *
-     * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection.
-     * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection.
-     * @param blockSelectionMode True if the selection is in column mode.
-     */
-  void setSelectionStart (const int column, const int line,
-			  const bool blockSelectionMode);
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the end of the current selection.
-     *
-     * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection.
-     * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. 
-     */
-  void setSelectionEnd (const int column, const int line);
-
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there
-     * is no selection.
-     */
-  void getSelectionStart (int &column, int &line) const;
-
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there
-     * is no selection.
-     */
-  void getSelectionEnd (int &column, int &line) const;
-
-    /** Clears the current selection */
-  void clearSelection ();
-
-    /** 
-      *  Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the
-      *  current selection. 
-      */
-  bool isSelected (const int column, const int line) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Convenience method.  Returns the currently selected text. 
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
-     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line.
-     */
-  QString selectedText (bool preserveLineBreaks) const;
-
-    /**
-     * Copies part of the output to a stream.
-     *
-     * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text
-     * @param fromLine The first line in the history to retrieve
-     * @param toLine The last line in the history to retrieve
-     */
-  void writeLinesToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder, int fromLine,
-			   int toLine) const;
-
-    /**
-     * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY
-     * into a stream.
-     *
-     * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text.  
-     * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which converts characters 
-     * into plain text with no formatting.
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
-     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. 
-     */
-  void writeSelectionToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder, bool
-			       preserveLineBreaks = true) const;
-
-    /**
-     * Checks if the text between from and to is inside the current
-     * selection. If this is the case, the selection is cleared. The
-     * from and to are coordinates in the current viewable window.
-     * The loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a
-     * column,line pair.
-     *
-     * @param from The start of the area to check.
-     * @param to The end of the area to check
-     */
-  void checkSelection (int from, int to);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line.
-     * 
-     * @param property The attribute to set or clear
-     * Possible properties are:
-     * LINE_WRAPPED:     Specifies that the line is wrapped.
-     * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line
-     *                   should be double the normal width.
-     * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line 
-     *                   should be double the normal height.
-     *                   Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters,
-     *                   with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.
-     *                   This allows other parts of the code to work on the
-     *                   assumption that all lines are the same height.
-     *
-     * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it
-     */
-  void setLineProperty (LineProperty property, bool enable);
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
-     * since the last call to resetScrolledLines().
-     *
-     * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up,
-     * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. 
-     */
-  int scrolledLines () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled.
-     *
-     * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the 
-     * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred.
-     */
-  QRect lastScrolledRegion () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
-     * see scrolledLines()
-     */
-  void resetScrolledLines ();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines of output which have been
-     * dropped from the history since the last call
-     * to resetDroppedLines()
-     *
-     * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop
-     * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when
-     * it is full.  
-     */
-  int droppedLines () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from
-     * the history.
-     */
-  void resetDroppedLines ();
-
-    /** 
-      * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank)
-      * Character style.
-      */
-  static void fillWithDefaultChar (Character * dest, int count);
-
-private:
-
-  //copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a 
-  //specified character decoder.  Returns the number of lines actually copied,
-  //which may be less than 'count' if (start+count) is more than the number of characters on
-  //the line 
-  //
-  //line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to 
-  //         history->getLines() + lines - 1
-  //start - the first column on the line to copy
-  //count - the number of characters on the line to copy
-  //decoder - a decoder which converts terminal characters (an Character array) into text
-  //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line
-  int copyLineToStream (int line,
-			int start,
-			int count,
-			TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder,
-			bool appendNewLine, bool preserveLineBreaks) const;
-
-  //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c'
-  //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
-  //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
-  void clearImage (int loca, int loce, char c);
-
-  //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
-  //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
-  //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
-  //
-  //NOTE: moveImage() can only move whole lines
-  void moveImage (int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd);
-  // scroll up 'i' lines in current region, clearing the bottom 'i' lines 
-  void scrollUp (int from, int i);
-  // scroll down 'i' lines in current region, clearing the top 'i' lines
-  void scrollDown (int from, int i);
-
-  void addHistLine ();
-
-  void initTabStops ();
-
-  void updateEffectiveRendition ();
-  void reverseRendition (Character & p) const;
-
-  bool isSelectionValid () const;
-  // copies text from 'startIndex' to 'endIndex' to a stream
-  // startIndex and endIndex are positions generated using the loc(x,y) macro
-  void writeToStream (TerminalCharacterDecoder * decoder, int startIndex,
-		      int endIndex, bool preserveLineBreaks = true) const;
-  // copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest',
-  // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer
-  void copyFromScreen (Character * dest, int startLine, int count) const;
-  // copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest',
-  // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history
-  void copyFromHistory (Character * dest, int startLine, int count) const;
-
-
-  // screen image ----------------
-  int lines;
-  int columns;
-
-  typedef QVector < Character > ImageLine;	// [0..columns]
-  ImageLine *screenLines;	// [lines]
-
-  int _scrolledLines;
-  QRect _lastScrolledRegion;
-
-  int _droppedLines;
-
-    QVarLengthArray < LineProperty, 64 > lineProperties;
-
-  // history buffer ---------------
-  HistoryScroll *history;
-
-  // cursor location
-  int cuX;
-  int cuY;
-
-  // cursor color and rendition info
-  CharacterColor currentForeground;
-  CharacterColor currentBackground;
-  quint8 currentRendition;
-
-  // margins ----------------
-  int _topMargin;
-  int _bottomMargin;
-
-  // states ----------------
-  int currentModes[MODES_SCREEN];
-  int savedModes[MODES_SCREEN];
-
-  // ----------------------------
-
-  QBitArray tabStops;
-
-  // selection -------------------
-  int selBegin;			// The first location selected.
-  int selTopLeft;		// TopLeft Location.
-  int selBottomRight;		// Bottom Right Location.
-  bool blockSelectionMode;	// Column selection mode
-
-  // effective colors and rendition ------------
-  CharacterColor effectiveForeground;	// These are derived from
-  CharacterColor effectiveBackground;	// the cu_* variables above
-  quint8 effectiveRendition;	// to speed up operation
-
-  class SavedState
-  {
-  public:
-    SavedState ():cursorColumn (0), cursorLine (0), rendition (0)
-    {
-    }
-
-    int cursorColumn;
-    int cursorLine;
-    quint8 rendition;
-    CharacterColor foreground;
-    CharacterColor background;
-  };
-  SavedState savedState;
-
-  // last position where we added a character
-  int lastPos;
-
-  static Character defaultChar;
-};
-
-#endif // SCREEN_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/ScreenWindow.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/ScreenWindow.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow (QObject * parent):QObject (parent), _windowBuffer (0), _windowBufferSize (0),
-_bufferNeedsUpdate (true), _windowLines (1), _currentLine (0),
-_trackOutput (true), _scrollCount (0)
-{
-}
-
-ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow ()
-{
-  delete[]_windowBuffer;
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::setScreen (Screen * screen)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (screen);
-
-  _screen = screen;
-}
-
-Screen *
-ScreenWindow::screen () const
-{
-  return _screen;
-}
-
-Character *
-ScreenWindow::getImage ()
-{
-  // reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed
-  int size = windowLines () * windowColumns ();
-  if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size)
-    {
-      delete[]_windowBuffer;
-      _windowBufferSize = size;
-      _windowBuffer = new Character[size];
-      _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-    }
-
-  if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate)
-    return _windowBuffer;
-
-  _screen->getImage (_windowBuffer, size, currentLine (), endWindowLine ());
-
-  // this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which 
-  // case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled
-  // with blank characters
-  fillUnusedArea ();
-
-  _bufferNeedsUpdate = false;
-  return _windowBuffer;
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea ()
-{
-  int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines () + _screen->getLines () - 1;
-  int windowEndLine = currentLine () + windowLines () - 1;
-
-  int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine;
-  int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns ();
-
-  Screen::fillWithDefaultChar (_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize -
-			       charsToFill, charsToFill);
-}
-
-// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window 
-// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end
-// of the screen.
-//
-// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should
-// never be more than endWindowLine()
-//
-int
-ScreenWindow::endWindowLine () const
-{
-  return qMin (currentLine () + windowLines () - 1, lineCount () - 1);
-}
-
-QVector < LineProperty > ScreenWindow::getLineProperties ()
-{
-  QVector < LineProperty > result =
-    _screen->getLineProperties (currentLine (), endWindowLine ());
-
-  if (result.count () != windowLines ())
-    result.resize (windowLines ());
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-QString
-ScreenWindow::selectedText (bool preserveLineBreaks) const
-{
-  return _screen->selectedText (preserveLineBreaks);
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart (int &column, int &line)
-{
-  _screen->getSelectionStart (column, line);
-  line -= currentLine ();
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd (int &column, int &line)
-{
-  _screen->getSelectionEnd (column, line);
-  line -= currentLine ();
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart (int column, int line, bool columnMode)
-{
-  _screen->setSelectionStart (column,
-			      qMin (line + currentLine (), endWindowLine ()),
-			      columnMode);
-
-  _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-  emit selectionChanged ();
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd (int column, int line)
-{
-  _screen->setSelectionEnd (column,
-			    qMin (line + currentLine (), endWindowLine ()));
-
-  _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-  emit selectionChanged ();
-}
-
-bool
-ScreenWindow::isSelected (int column, int line)
-{
-  return _screen->isSelected (column,
-			      qMin (line + currentLine (), endWindowLine ()));
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::clearSelection ()
-{
-  _screen->clearSelection ();
-
-  emit selectionChanged ();
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::setWindowLines (int lines)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (lines > 0);
-  _windowLines = lines;
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::windowLines () const
-{
-  return _windowLines;
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::windowColumns () const
-{
-  return _screen->getColumns ();
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::lineCount () const
-{
-  return _screen->getHistLines () + _screen->getLines ();
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::columnCount () const
-{
-  return _screen->getColumns ();
-}
-
-QPoint
-ScreenWindow::cursorPosition () const
-{
-  QPoint position;
-
-  position.setX (_screen->getCursorX ());
-  position.setY (_screen->getCursorY ());
-
-  return position;
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::currentLine () const
-{
-  return qBound (0, _currentLine, lineCount () - windowLines ());
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::scrollBy (RelativeScrollMode mode, int amount)
-{
-  if (mode == ScrollLines)
-    {
-      scrollTo (currentLine () + amount);
-    }
-  else if (mode == ScrollPages)
-    {
-      scrollTo (currentLine () + amount * (windowLines () / 2));
-    }
-}
-
-bool
-ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput () const
-{
-  return currentLine () == (lineCount () - windowLines ());
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::scrollTo (int line)
-{
-  int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount () - windowLines ();
-  line = qBound (0, line, maxCurrentLineNumber);
-
-  const int delta = line - _currentLine;
-  _currentLine = line;
-
-  // keep track of number of lines scrolled by,
-  // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount()
-  _scrollCount += delta;
-
-  _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-
-  emit scrolled (_currentLine);
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput (bool trackOutput)
-{
-  _trackOutput = trackOutput;
-}
-
-bool
-ScreenWindow::trackOutput () const
-{
-  return _trackOutput;
-}
-
-int
-ScreenWindow::scrollCount () const
-{
-  return _scrollCount;
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount ()
-{
-  _scrollCount = 0;
-}
-
-QRect
-ScreenWindow::scrollRegion () const
-{
-  bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines () == _screen->getLines ();
-
-  if (atEndOfOutput () && equalToScreenSize)
-    return _screen->lastScrolledRegion ();
-  else
-    return QRect (0, 0, windowColumns (), windowLines ());
-}
-
-void
-ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged ()
-{
-  // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count
-  // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen
-  if (_trackOutput)
-    {
-      _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines ();
-      _currentLine =
-	qMax (0,
-	      _screen->getHistLines () - (windowLines () -
-					  _screen->getLines ()));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      // if the history is not unlimited then it may 
-      // have run out of space and dropped the oldest
-      // lines of output - in this case the screen
-      // window's current line number will need to 
-      // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll
-      _currentLine = qMax (0, _currentLine - _screen->droppedLines ());
-
-      // ensure that the screen window's current position does
-      // not go beyond the bottom of the screen
-      _currentLine = qMin (_currentLine, _screen->getHistLines ());
-    }
-
-  _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-
-  emit outputChanged ();
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/ScreenWindow.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/ScreenWindow.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H
-#define SCREENWINDOW_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QObject>
-#include <QtCore/QPoint>
-#include <QtCore/QRect>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Character.h"
-
-class Screen;
-
-/**
- * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen.
- * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).
- *
- * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with 
- * a terminal screen using setScreen().
- * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen.
- * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window.
- *
- * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new
- * lines are added to it.
- *
- * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should
- * be called.  This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal
- * if necessary.
- */
-class ScreenWindow:public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-    /** 
-     * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent.
-     * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties().
-     *
-     * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method
-     * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view.  This allows the emulation
-     * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates
-     * between all views on a session.
-     */
-  ScreenWindow (QObject * parent = 0);
-  virtual ~ ScreenWindow ();
-
-    /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */
-  void setScreen (Screen * screen);
-    /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */
-  Screen *screen () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window
-     * onto the screen.
-     *
-     * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be
-     * deleted by the caller.
-     */
-  Character *getImage ();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which
-     * are currently visible through this window
-     */
-    QVector < LineProperty > getLineProperties ();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window
-     * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call 
-     * to resetScrollCount().  scrollRegion() is in most cases the 
-     * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications
-     * which provide split-screen facilities.
-     *
-     * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise
-     * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that
-     * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. 
-     */
-  int scrollCount () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount()
-     */
-  void resetScrollCount ();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is 
-     * usually the whole window area.
-     *
-     * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate,
-     * but allows views to optimise rendering.
-     */
-  QRect scrollRegion () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within 
-     * the window.
-     */
-  void setSelectionStart (int column, int line, bool columnMode);
-    /**
-     * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within
-     * the window.
-     */
-  void setSelectionEnd (int column, int line);
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window.
-     */
-  void getSelectionStart (int &column, int &line);
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window.
-     */
-  void getSelectionEnd (int &column, int &line);
-    /**
-     * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection.
-     */
-  bool isSelected (int column, int line);
-    /** 
-     * Clears the current selection
-     */
-  void clearSelection ();
-
-	/** Sets the number of lines in the window */
-  void setWindowLines (int lines);
-    /** Returns the number of lines in the window */
-  int windowLines () const;
-    /** Returns the number of columns in the window */
-  int windowColumns () const;
-
-    /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */
-  int lineCount () const;
-    /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */
-  int columnCount () const;
-
-    /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */
-  int currentLine () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the position of the cursor 
-     * within the window.
-     */
-  QPoint cursorPosition () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-  bool atEndOfOutput () const;
-
-    /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */
-  void scrollTo (int line);
-
-  enum RelativeScrollMode
-  {
-    ScrollLines,
-    ScrollPages
-  };
-
-    /** 
-     * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen.
-     *
-     * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number
-     * of pages to scroll.    
-     * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by.  If
-     * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down.  If this number is negative, the view
-     * is scrolled up.
-     */
-  void scrollBy (RelativeScrollMode mode, int amount);
-
-    /** 
-     * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom
-     * of the screen when new output is added.
-     *
-     * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see 
-     * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called.
-     */
-  void setTrackOutput (bool trackOutput);
-    /** 
-     * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as
-     * new output is added.  See setTrackOutput()
-     */
-  bool trackOutput () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the text which is currently selected.
-     *
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText()
-     */
-  QString selectedText (bool preserveLineBreaks) const;
-
-  public slots:
-    /** 
-     * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed.
-     * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes
-     * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted.
-     */
-  void notifyOutputChanged ();
-
-    signals:
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. 
-     */
-  void outputChanged ();
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position.
-     * 
-     * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window.
-     */
-  void scrolled (int line);
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the selection is changed.
-     */
-  void selectionChanged ();
-
-private:
-  int endWindowLine () const;
-  void fillUnusedArea ();
-
-  Screen *_screen;		// see setScreen() , screen()
-  Character *_windowBuffer;
-  int _windowBufferSize;
-  bool _bufferNeedsUpdate;
-
-  int _windowLines;
-  int _currentLine;		// see scrollTo() , currentLine()
-  bool _trackOutput;		// see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() 
-  int _scrollCount;		// count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since
-  // the last call to resetScrollCount()
-};
-#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Session.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Session.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/terminal/Session.cpp	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -42,9 +42,7 @@
 #include "kptydevice.h"
 
 #include "Pty.h"
-#include "TerminalDisplay.h"
 #include "ShellCommand.h"
-#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
 
 int
   Session::lastSessionId = 0;
@@ -95,7 +93,7 @@
 }
 
 Session::Session (QObject * parent):
-QObject (parent), _shellProcess (0), _emulation (0), _monitorActivity (false),
+QObject (parent), _shellProcess (0),/* _emulation (0),*/ _monitorActivity (false),
 _monitorSilence (false), _notifiedActivity (false), _autoClose (true),
 _wantedClose (false), _silenceSeconds (10),
 _flowControl (true), _fullScripting (false), _sessionId (0),
@@ -111,8 +109,8 @@
   //QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject(QLatin1String("/Sessions/")+QString::number(_sessionId), this);
 
   //create emulation backend
-  _emulation = new Vt102Emulation ();
-
+  //_emulation = new Vt102Emulation ();
+  /*
   connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (titleChanged (int, const QString &)),
 	   this, SLOT (setUserTitle (int, const QString &)));
   connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (stateSet (int)),
@@ -124,7 +122,7 @@
 	   SIGNAL (profileChangeCommandReceived (const QString &)));
   connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (flowControlKeyPressed (bool)), this,
 	   SLOT (updateFlowControlState (bool)));
-
+*/
   //create new teletype for I/O with shell process
   openTeletype (-1);
 
@@ -151,19 +149,19 @@
   else
     _shellProcess = new Pty (fd);
 
-  _shellProcess->setUtf8Mode (_emulation->utf8 ());
+  //_shellProcess->setUtf8Mode (_emulation->utf8 ());
 
   //connect teletype to emulation backend
   connect (_shellProcess, SIGNAL (receivedData (const char *, int)), this,
 	   SLOT (onReceiveBlock (const char *, int)));
-  connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)), _shellProcess,
-	   SLOT (sendData (const char *, int)));
-  connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (useUtf8Request (bool)), _shellProcess,
-	   SLOT (setUtf8Mode (bool)));
+  //connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)), _shellProcess,
+//	   SLOT (sendData (const char *, int)));
+  //connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (useUtf8Request (bool)), _shellProcess,
+        //   SLOT (setUtf8Mode (bool)));
   connect (_shellProcess, SIGNAL (finished (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)), this,
 	   SLOT (done (int)));
-  connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (imageSizeChanged (int, int)), this,
-	   SLOT (updateWindowSize (int, int)));
+  //connect (_emulation, SIGNAL (imageSizeChanged (int, int)), this,
+        //   SLOT (updateWindowSize (int, int)));
 }
 
 void
@@ -187,7 +185,7 @@
 void
 Session::setCodec (QTextCodec * codec)
 {
-  emulation ()->setCodec (codec);
+  //emulation ()->setCodec (codec);
 }
 
 bool
@@ -205,7 +203,7 @@
 QByteArray
 Session::codec ()
 {
-  return _emulation->codec ()->name ();
+  return QByteArray(); //_emulation->codec ()->name ();
 }
 
 void
@@ -227,11 +225,13 @@
   _arguments = ShellCommand::expand (arguments);
 }
 
+/*
 QList < TerminalDisplay * >Session::views () const
 {
   return _views;
-}
+}*/
 
+/*
 void
 Session::addView (TerminalDisplay * widget)
 {
@@ -265,8 +265,9 @@
 
   QObject::connect (widget, SIGNAL (destroyed (QObject *)), this,
 		    SLOT (viewDestroyed (QObject *)));
-}
+}*/
 
+/*
 void
 Session::viewDestroyed (QObject * view)
 {
@@ -275,8 +276,9 @@
   Q_ASSERT (_views.contains (display));
 
   removeView (display);
-}
+}*/
 
+/*
 void
 Session::removeView (TerminalDisplay * widget)
 {
@@ -304,7 +306,7 @@
       close ();
     }
 }
-
+*/
 QString
 Session::checkProgram (const QString & program) const
 {
@@ -327,6 +329,7 @@
 void
 Session::terminalWarning (const QString & message)
 {
+  /*
   static const QByteArray warningText =
     QByteArray ("@info:shell Alert the user with red color text");
   QByteArray messageText = message.toLocal8Bit ();
@@ -334,6 +337,7 @@
   static const char redPenOn[] = "\033[1m\033[31m";
   static const char redPenOff[] = "\033[0m";
 
+
   _emulation->receiveData (redPenOn, strlen (redPenOn));
   _emulation->receiveData ("\n\r\n\r", 4);
   _emulation->receiveData (warningText.constData (),
@@ -342,6 +346,7 @@
 			   strlen (messageText.constData ()));
   _emulation->receiveData ("\n\r\n\r", 4);
   _emulation->receiveData (redPenOff, strlen (redPenOff));
+*/
 }
 
 void
@@ -402,7 +407,7 @@
     _shellProcess->setWorkingDirectory (QDir::homePath ());
 
   _shellProcess->setFlowControlEnabled (_flowControl);
-  _shellProcess->setErase (_emulation->eraseChar ());
+  //_shellProcess->setErase (_emulation->eraseChar ());
 
   // this is not strictly accurate use of the COLORFGBG variable.  This does not
   // tell the terminal exactly which colors are being used, but instead approximates
@@ -528,11 +533,11 @@
       //KNotification::event("Silence", i18n("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle)propagateSize, QPixmap(),
       //                QApplication::activeWindow(),
       //                KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated);
-      emit stateChanged (NOTIFYSILENCE);
+      //emit stateChanged (NOTIFYSILENCE);
     }
   else
     {
-      emit stateChanged (NOTIFYNORMAL);
+      //emit stateChanged (NOTIFYNORMAL);
     }
 
   _notifiedActivity = false;
@@ -541,6 +546,7 @@
 void
 Session::updateFlowControlState (bool suspended)
 {
+  /*
   if (suspended)
     {
       if (flowControlEnabled ())
@@ -556,12 +562,12 @@
     {
       foreach (TerminalDisplay * display, _views)
 	display->outputSuspended (false);
-    }
+    }*/
 }
 
 void
 Session::activityStateSet (int state)
-{
+{/*
   if (state == NOTIFYBELL)
     {
       // empty
@@ -592,6 +598,7 @@
     state = NOTIFYNORMAL;
 
   emit stateChanged (state);
+  */
 }
 
 void
@@ -602,7 +609,7 @@
 
 void
 Session::updateTerminalSize ()
-{
+{/*
   QListIterator < TerminalDisplay * >viewIter (_views);
 
   int minLines = -1;
@@ -615,6 +622,7 @@
   const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2;
 
   //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views
+
   while (viewIter.hasNext ())
     {
       TerminalDisplay *view = viewIter.next ();
@@ -636,7 +644,7 @@
   if (minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0)
     {
       _emulation->setImageSize (minLines, minColumns);
-    }
+    }*/
 }
 
 void
@@ -714,13 +722,14 @@
 void
 Session::sendText (const QString & text) const
 {
-  _emulation->sendText (text);
+  _shellProcess->sendData (text.toStdString().c_str(), text.length ());
+  //_emulation->sendText (text);
 }
 
 void
 Session::sendMouseEvent (int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType)
 {
-  _emulation->sendMouseEvent (buttons, column, line, eventType);
+  //_emulation->sendMouseEvent (buttons, column, line, eventType);
 }
 
 Session::~Session ()
@@ -729,7 +738,7 @@
   //  delete _foregroundProcessInfo;
   //if (_sessionProcessInfo)
   //  delete _sessionProcessInfo;
-  delete _emulation;
+  //delete _emulation;
   delete _shellProcess;
   //delete _zmodemProc;
 }
@@ -774,18 +783,6 @@
     emit finished ();
 }
 
-Emulation *
-Session::emulation () const
-{
-  return _emulation;
-}
-
-QString
-Session::keyBindings () const
-{
-  return _emulation->keyBindings ();
-}
-
 QStringList
 Session::environment () const
 {
@@ -799,12 +796,6 @@
 }
 
 void
-Session::setKeyBindings (const QString & id)
-{
-  _emulation->setKeyBindings (id);
-}
-
-void
 Session::setTitle (TitleRole role, const QString & newTitle)
 {
   if (title (role) != newTitle)
@@ -857,24 +848,6 @@
   return _iconText;
 }
 
-void
-Session::setHistoryType (const HistoryType & hType)
-{
-  _emulation->setHistory (hType);
-}
-
-const HistoryType &
-Session::historyType () const
-{
-  return _emulation->history ();
-}
-
-void
-Session::clearHistory ()
-{
-  _emulation->clearHistory ();
-}
-
 QStringList
 Session::arguments () const
 {
@@ -909,16 +882,10 @@
 void
 Session::onReceiveBlock (const char *buf, int len)
 {
-  _emulation->receiveData (buf, len);
+  //_emulation->receiveData (buf, len);
   emit receivedData (QString::fromLatin1 (buf, len));
 }
 
-QSize
-Session::size ()
-{
-  return _emulation->imageSize ();
-}
-
 void
 Session::setSize (const QSize & size)
 {
@@ -1029,14 +996,14 @@
 
   if (master)
     {
-      connect (session->emulation (), SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)),
-	       this, SLOT (forwardData (const char *, int)));
+      //connect (session->emulation (), SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)),
+        //       this, SLOT (forwardData (const char *, int)));
     }
   else
     {
-      disconnect (session->emulation (),
-		  SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)), this,
-		  SLOT (forwardData (const char *, int)));
+      //disconnect (session->emulation (),
+        //	  SIGNAL (sendData (const char *, int)), this,
+        //	  SLOT (forwardData (const char *, int)));
     }
 }
 
@@ -1060,7 +1027,7 @@
       Session *other = iter.next ();
       if (!_sessions[other])
 	{
-	  other->emulation ()->sendString (data, size);
+          //other->emulation ()->sendString (data, size);
 	}
     }
   _inForwardData = false;
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Session.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Session.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ b/gui/src/terminal/Session.h	Thu Aug 18 19:20:10 2011 +0200
@@ -35,9 +35,8 @@
 #include "History.h"
 
 class KProcess;
-class Emulation;
 class Pty;
-class TerminalDisplay;
+
 /**
  * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation.
  * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole.
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@
    * Views can be removed using removeView().  The session is automatically
    * closed when the last view is removed.
    */
-  void addView (TerminalDisplay * widget);
+  //void addView (TerminalDisplay * widget);
   /**
    * Removes a view from this session.  When the last view is removed,
    * the session will be closed automatically.
@@ -103,18 +102,18 @@
    * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input
    * to the terminal
    */
-  void removeView (TerminalDisplay * widget);
+  //void removeView (TerminalDisplay * widget);
 
   /**
    * Returns the views connected to this session
    */
-    QList < TerminalDisplay * >views () const;
+   // QList < TerminalDisplay * >views () const;
 
   /**
    * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode
    * characters to / from the process.
    */
-  Emulation *emulation () const;
+  //Emulation *emulation () const;
 
   /** Returns the arguments passed to the shell process when run() is called. */
   QStringList arguments () const;
@@ -141,36 +140,6 @@
    */
   void setInitialWorkingDirectory (const QString & dir);
 
-  /**
-   * Sets the type of history store used by this session.
-   * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added
-   * to the history store.  The type of history store
-   * used affects the number of lines which can be
-   * remembered before they are lost and the storage
-   * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used.
-   */
-  void setHistoryType (const HistoryType & type);
-  /**
-   * Returns the type of history store used by this session.
-   */
-  const HistoryType & historyType () const;
-  /**
-   * Clears the history store used by this session.
-   */
-  void clearHistory ();
-
-  /**
-   * Sets the key bindings used by this session.  The bindings
-   * specify how input key sequences are translated into
-   * the character stream which is sent to the terminal.
-   *
-   * @param id The name of the key bindings to use.  The
-   * names of available key bindings can be determined using the
-   * KeyboardTranslatorManager class.
-   */
-  void setKeyBindings (const QString & id);
-  /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */
-  QString keyBindings () const;
 
   /**
    * This enum describes the available title roles.
@@ -444,7 +413,7 @@
   void activityStateSet (int);
 
   //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed
-  void viewDestroyed (QObject * view);
+  //void viewDestroyed (QObject * view);
 
   void updateFlowControlState (bool suspended);
   void updateWindowSize (int lines, int columns);
@@ -463,9 +432,9 @@
   QUuid _uniqueIdentifier;	// SHELL_SESSION_ID
 
   Pty *_shellProcess;
-  Emulation *_emulation;
+  //Emulation *_emulation;
 
-  QList < TerminalDisplay * >_views;
+  //QList < TerminalDisplay * >_views;
 
   bool _monitorActivity;
   bool _monitorSilence;
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright 2006-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-
-PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder ():_output (0), _includeTrailingWhitespace (true),
-_recordLinePositions (false)
-{
-
-}
-
-void
-PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace (bool enable)
-{
-  _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable;
-}
-
-bool
-PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace () const
-{
-  return _includeTrailingWhitespace;
-}
-
-void
-PlainTextDecoder::begin (QTextStream * output)
-{
-  _output = output;
-  if (!_linePositions.isEmpty ())
-    _linePositions.clear ();
-}
-
-void
-PlainTextDecoder::end ()
-{
-  _output = 0;
-}
-
-void
-PlainTextDecoder::setRecordLinePositions (bool record)
-{
-  _recordLinePositions = record;
-}
-
-QList < int >
-PlainTextDecoder::linePositions () const
-{
-  return _linePositions;
-}
-
-void
-PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine (const Character * const characters, int count, LineProperty	/*properties */
-  )
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (_output);
-
-  if (_recordLinePositions && _output->string ())
-    {
-      int pos = _output->string ()->count ();
-      _linePositions << pos;
-    }
-
-  //TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property?
-
-  //note:  we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text
-  //stream a character at a time because it is more efficient.
-  //(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway)
-  QString plainText;
-  plainText.reserve (count);
-
-  int outputCount = count;
-
-  // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the
-  // line
-  if (!_includeTrailingWhitespace)
-    {
-      for (int i = count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-	{
-	  if (characters[i].character != ' ')
-	    break;
-	  else
-	    outputCount--;
-	}
-    }
-
-  for (int i = 0; i < outputCount;)
-    {
-      plainText.append (QChar (characters[i].character));
-      i += qMax (1, konsole_wcwidth (characters[i].character));
-    }
-  *_output << plainText;
-}
-
-HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder ():
-_output (0), _colorTable (base_color_table), _innerSpanOpen (false),
-_lastRendition (DEFAULT_RENDITION)
-{
-
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDecoder::begin (QTextStream * output)
-{
-  _output = output;
-
-  QString text;
-
-  //open monospace span
-  openSpan (text, "font-family:monospace");
-
-  *output << text;
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDecoder::end ()
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (_output);
-
-  QString text;
-
-  closeSpan (text);
-
-  *_output << text;
-
-  _output = 0;
-
-}
-
-//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height)
-void
-HTMLDecoder::decodeLine (const Character * const characters, int count, LineProperty	/*properties */
-  )
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (_output);
-
-  QString text;
-
-  int spaceCount = 0;
-
-  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
-    {
-      QChar ch (characters[i].character);
-
-      //check if appearance of character is different from previous char
-      if (characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition ||
-	  characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor ||
-	  characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor)
-	{
-	  if (_innerSpanOpen)
-	    closeSpan (text);
-
-	  _lastRendition = characters[i].rendition;
-	  _lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor;
-	  _lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor;
-
-	  //build up style string
-	  QString style;
-
-	  bool useBold;
-	  ColorEntry::FontWeight weight =
-	    characters[i].fontWeight (_colorTable);
-	  if (weight == ColorEntry::UseCurrentFormat)
-	    useBold = _lastRendition & RE_BOLD;
-	  else
-	    useBold = weight == ColorEntry::Bold;
-
-	  if (useBold)
-	    style.append ("font-weight:bold;");
-
-	  if (_lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE)
-	    style.append ("font-decoration:underline;");
-
-	  //colours - a colour table must have been defined first
-	  if (_colorTable)
-	    {
-	      style.append (QString ("color:%1;").
-			    arg (_lastForeColor.color (_colorTable).name ()));
-
-	      if (!characters[i].isTransparent (_colorTable))
-		{
-		  style.append (QString ("background-color:%1;").
-				arg (_lastBackColor.color (_colorTable).
-				     name ()));
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  //open the span with the current style    
-	  openSpan (text, style);
-	  _innerSpanOpen = true;
-	}
-
-      //handle whitespace
-      if (ch.isSpace ())
-	spaceCount++;
-      else
-	spaceCount = 0;
-
-
-      //output current character
-      if (spaceCount < 2)
-	{
-	  //escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are
-	  if (ch == '<')
-	    text.append ("&lt;");
-	  else if (ch == '>')
-	    text.append ("&gt;");
-	  else
-	    text.append (ch);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  text.append ("&nbsp;");	//HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead
-	}
-
-    }
-
-  //close any remaining open inner spans
-  if (_innerSpanOpen)
-    closeSpan (text);
-
-  //start new line
-  text.append ("<br>");
-
-  *_output << text;
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDecoder::openSpan (QString & text, const QString & style)
-{
-  text.append (QString ("<span style=\"%1\">").arg (style));
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDecoder::closeSpan (QString & text)
-{
-  text.append ("</span>");
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDecoder::setColorTable (const ColorEntry * table)
-{
-  _colorTable = table;
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright 2006-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
-#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
-
-#include "Character.h"
-
-#include <QList>
-
-class QTextStream;
-
-/**
- * Base class for terminal character decoders
- *
- * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground
- * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings.
- *
- * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or
- * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. 
- */
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-  virtual ~ TerminalCharacterDecoder ()
-  {
-  }
-
-    /** Begin decoding characters.  The resulting text is appended to @p output. */
-  virtual void begin (QTextStream * output) = 0;
-    /** End decoding. */
-  virtual void end () = 0;
-
-    /**
-     * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string
-     * and writes the string into an output QTextStream.
-     *
-     * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count.
-     * @param count The number of characters
-     * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line
-     */
-  virtual void decodeLine (const Character * const characters,
-			   int count, LineProperty properties) = 0;
-};
-
-/**
- * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related
- * properties of the original characters.
- */
-class PlainTextDecoder:public TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-  PlainTextDecoder ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included 
-     * in the output.
-     * Defaults to true.
-     */
-  void setTrailingWhitespace (bool enable);
-    /**
-     * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included
-     * in the output.
-     */
-  bool trailingWhitespace () const;
-    /** 
-     * Returns of character positions in the output stream
-     * at which new lines where added.  Returns an empty if setTrackLinePositions() is false or if 
-     * the output device is not a string.
-     */
-    QList < int >linePositions () const;
-    /** Enables recording of character positions at which new lines are added.  See linePositions() */
-  void setRecordLinePositions (bool record);
-
-  virtual void begin (QTextStream * output);
-  virtual void end ();
-
-  virtual void decodeLine (const Character * const characters,
-			   int count, LineProperty properties);
-
-
-private:
-    QTextStream * _output;
-  bool _includeTrailingWhitespace;
-
-  bool _recordLinePositions;
-    QList < int >_linePositions;
-};
-
-/**
- * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup
- */
-class HTMLDecoder:public TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme.
-     */
-  HTMLDecoder ();
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its
-     * output
-     */
-  void setColorTable (const ColorEntry * table);
-
-  virtual void decodeLine (const Character * const characters,
-			   int count, LineProperty properties);
-
-  virtual void begin (QTextStream * output);
-  virtual void end ();
-
-private:
-  void openSpan (QString & text, const QString & style);
-  void closeSpan (QString & text);
-
-  QTextStream *_output;
-  const ColorEntry *_colorTable;
-  bool _innerSpanOpen;
-  quint8 _lastRendition;
-  CharacterColor _lastForeColor;
-  CharacterColor _lastBackColor;
-
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,3069 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE.
-    
-    Copyright 2006-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-    
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "TerminalDisplay.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QTime>
-#include <QtCore/QFile>
-#include <QtGui/QGridLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QLabel>
-#include <QtGui/QLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QPainter>
-#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
-#include <QtGui/QScrollBar>
-#include <QtGui/QStyle>
-#include <QtCore/QTimer>
-#include <QtGui/QToolTip>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-
-#include "Filter.h"
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-#ifndef loc
-#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X))
-#endif
-
-#define yMouseScroll 1
-
-#define REPCHAR   "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \
-    "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
-    "0123456789./+@"
-
-const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
-// The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight
-// gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens.
-// It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities.
-{
-  // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also.
-  // normal
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x00, 0x00, 0x00), 0), ColorEntry (QColor (0xB2, 0xB2, 0xB2), 1),	// Dfore, Dback
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x00, 0x00, 0x00), 0), ColorEntry (QColor (0xB2, 0x18, 0x18), 0),	// Black, Red
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x18, 0xB2, 0x18), 0), ColorEntry (QColor (0xB2, 0x68, 0x18), 0),	// Green, Yellow
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x18, 0x18, 0xB2), 0), ColorEntry (QColor (0xB2, 0x18, 0xB2), 0),	// Blue, Magenta
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x18, 0xB2, 0xB2), 0), ColorEntry (QColor (0xB2, 0xB2, 0xB2), 0),	// Cyan, White
-  // intensiv
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x00, 0x00, 0x00), 0),
-    ColorEntry (QColor (0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF), 1),
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x68, 0x68, 0x68), 0),
-    ColorEntry (QColor (0xFF, 0x54, 0x54), 0),
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x54, 0xFF, 0x54), 0),
-    ColorEntry (QColor (0xFF, 0xFF, 0x54), 0),
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x54, 0x54, 0xFF), 0),
-    ColorEntry (QColor (0xFF, 0x54, 0xFF), 0),
-  ColorEntry (QColor (0x54, 0xFF, 0xFF), 0),
-    ColorEntry (QColor (0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF), 0)
-};
-
-// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window.
-
-// static
-bool
-  TerminalDisplay::_antialiasText = true;
-bool
-  TerminalDisplay::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false;
-
-// we use this to force QPainter to display text in LTR mode
-// more information can be found in: http://unicode.org/reports/tr9/ 
-const QChar
-LTR_OVERRIDE_CHAR (0x202D);
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Colors                                     */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb)
-
-   Code        0       1       2       3       4       5       6       7
-   ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
-   ANSI  (bgr) Black   Red     Green   Yellow  Blue    Magenta Cyan    White
-   IBMPC (rgb) Black   Blue    Green   Cyan    Red     Magenta Yellow  White
-*/
-
-ScreenWindow *
-TerminalDisplay::screenWindow () const
-{
-  return _screenWindow;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow (ScreenWindow * window)
-{
-  // disconnect existing screen window if any
-  if (_screenWindow)
-    {
-      disconnect (_screenWindow, 0, this, 0);
-    }
-
-  _screenWindow = window;
-
-  if (window)
-    {
-
-      // TODO: Determine if this is an issue.
-      //#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?"
-      connect (_screenWindow, SIGNAL (outputChanged ()), this,
-	       SLOT (updateLineProperties ()));
-      connect (_screenWindow, SIGNAL (outputChanged ()), this,
-	       SLOT (updateImage ()));
-      window->setWindowLines (_lines);
-    }
-}
-
-const ColorEntry *
-TerminalDisplay::colorTable () const
-{
-  return _colorTable;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setBackgroundColor (const QColor & color)
-{
-  _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color = color;
-  QPalette p = palette ();
-  p.setColor (backgroundRole (), color);
-  setPalette (p);
-
-  // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar
-  _scrollBar->setPalette (QApplication::palette ());
-
-  update ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setForegroundColor (const QColor & color)
-{
-  _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color = color;
-
-  update ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setColorTable (const ColorEntry table[])
-{
-  for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++)
-    _colorTable[i] = table[i];
-
-  setBackgroundColor (_colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                   Font                                    */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
-   The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended
-   xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f.
-
-   QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals
-   come in here as proper unicode characters.
-
-   We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping
-   from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the
-   QCodec.
-*/
-
-static inline bool
-isLineChar (quint16 c)
-{
-  return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);
-}
-
-static inline bool
-isLineCharString (const QString & string)
-{
-  return (string.length () > 0) && (isLineChar (string.at (0).unicode ()));
-}
-
-
-// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i.
-
-unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] = {	// 0/8     1/9    2/10    3/11    4/12    5/13    6/14    7/15
-  0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0,
-  0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c,
-  0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534,
-  0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7
-};
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::fontChange (const QFont &)
-{
-  QFontMetrics fm (font ());
-  _fontHeight = fm.height () + _lineSpacing;
-
-  // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123:
-  // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide
-  //  characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters."
-  // Get the width from representative normal width characters
-  _fontWidth =
-    qRound ((double) fm.width (REPCHAR) / (double) strlen (REPCHAR));
-
-  _fixedFont = true;
-
-  int fw = fm.width (REPCHAR[0]);
-  for (unsigned int i = 1; i < strlen (REPCHAR); i++)
-    {
-      if (fw != fm.width (REPCHAR[i]))
-	{
-	  _fixedFont = false;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (_fontWidth < 1)
-    _fontWidth = 1;
-
-  _fontAscent = fm.ascent ();
-
-  emit changedFontMetricSignal (_fontHeight, _fontWidth);
-  propagateSize ();
-  update ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setVTFont (const QFont & f)
-{
-  QFont font = f;
-
-  QFontMetrics metrics (font);
-
-  if (!QFontInfo (font).fixedPitch ())
-    {
-      //kWarning() << "Using an unsupported variable-width font in the terminal.  This may produce display errors.";
-    }
-
-  if (metrics.height () < height () && metrics.maxWidth () < width ())
-    {
-      // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing.
-      // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected
-      if (!_antialiasText)
-	font.setStyleStrategy (QFont::NoAntialias);
-
-      // experimental optimization.  Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a
-      // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect.
-      // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text.
-      font.setKerning (false);
-
-      QWidget::setFont (font);
-      fontChange (font);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setFont (const QFont &)
-{
-  // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                         Constructor / Destructor                          */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-TerminalDisplay::TerminalDisplay (QWidget * parent):QWidget (parent), _screenWindow (0), _allowBell (true), _gridLayout (0),
-_fontHeight (1), _fontWidth (1), _fontAscent (1), _boldIntense (true),
-_lines (1), _columns (1), _usedLines (1), _usedColumns (1),
-_contentHeight (1), _contentWidth (1), _image (0), _randomSeed (0),
-_resizing (false), _terminalSizeHint (false), _terminalSizeStartup (true),
-_bidiEnabled (false), _actSel (0), _wordSelectionMode (false),
-_lineSelectionMode (false), _preserveLineBreaks (false),
-_columnSelectionMode (false), _scrollbarLocation (NoScrollBar),
-_wordCharacters (":@-./_~"), _bellMode (SystemBeepBell), _blinking (false),
-_hasBlinker (false), _cursorBlinking (false), _hasBlinkingCursor (false),
-_allowBlinkingText (true), _ctrlDrag (true),
-_tripleClickMode (SelectWholeLine), _isFixedSize (false),
-_possibleTripleClick (false), _resizeWidget (0), _resizeTimer (0),
-_flowControlWarningEnabled (false), _outputSuspendedLabel (0),
-_lineSpacing (0), _colorsInverted (false),
-_blendColor (qRgba (0, 0, 0, 0xff)),
-_filterChain (new TerminalImageFilterChain ()), _cursorShape (BlockCursor)
-{
-  // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind,
-  // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right
-  setLayoutDirection (Qt::LeftToRight);
-
-  // The offsets are not yet calculated.
-  // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing
-  // konsole in opaque mode.
-  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
-  _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-
-  // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down
-  // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially
-  _scrollBar = new QScrollBar (this);
-  setScroll (0, 0);
-  _scrollBar->setCursor (Qt::ArrowCursor);
-  connect (_scrollBar, SIGNAL (valueChanged (int)), this,
-	   SLOT (scrollBarPositionChanged (int)));
-
-  // setup timers for blinking cursor and text
-  _blinkTimer = new QTimer (this);
-  connect (_blinkTimer, SIGNAL (timeout ()), this, SLOT (blinkEvent ()));
-  _blinkCursorTimer = new QTimer (this);
-  connect (_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL (timeout ()), this,
-	   SLOT (blinkCursorEvent ()));
-
-  //KCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true );
-
-  setUsesMouse (true);
-  setColorTable (base_color_table);
-  setMouseTracking (true);
-
-  // Enable drag and drop
-  setAcceptDrops (true);	// attempt
-  dragInfo.state = diNone;
-
-  setFocusPolicy (Qt::WheelFocus);
-
-  // enable input method support
-  setAttribute (Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true);
-
-  // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt
-  // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area.
-  setAttribute (Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
-
-  _gridLayout = new QGridLayout (this);
-  _gridLayout->setContentsMargins (0, 0, 0, 0);
-
-  setLayout (_gridLayout);
-
-  new
-  AutoScrollHandler (this);
-}
-
-TerminalDisplay::~TerminalDisplay ()
-{
-  disconnect (_blinkTimer);
-  disconnect (_blinkCursorTimer);
-  qApp->removeEventFilter (this);
-
-  delete[]_image;
-
-  delete _gridLayout;
-  delete _outputSuspendedLabel;
-  delete _filterChain;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                             Display Operations                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/**
- A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars.
- It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it.
- if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered
- 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit.
-
- Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation:
- _|||_
- -...-
- -...-
- -...-
- _|||_
-
-where _ = none
-      | = vertical line.
-      - = horizontal line.
- */
-
-
-enum LineEncode
-{
-  TopL = (1 << 1),
-  TopC = (1 << 2),
-  TopR = (1 << 3),
-
-  LeftT = (1 << 5),
-  Int11 = (1 << 6),
-  Int12 = (1 << 7),
-  Int13 = (1 << 8),
-  RightT = (1 << 9),
-
-  LeftC = (1 << 10),
-  Int21 = (1 << 11),
-  Int22 = (1 << 12),
-  Int23 = (1 << 13),
-  RightC = (1 << 14),
-
-  LeftB = (1 << 15),
-  Int31 = (1 << 16),
-  Int32 = (1 << 17),
-  Int33 = (1 << 18),
-  RightB = (1 << 19),
-
-  BotL = (1 << 21),
-  BotC = (1 << 22),
-  BotR = (1 << 23)
-};
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setKeyboardCursorShape (KeyboardCursorShape shape)
-{
-  _cursorShape = shape;
-}
-
-TerminalDisplay::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalDisplay::keyboardCursorShape () const
-{
-  return _cursorShape;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawBackground (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect,
-				 const QColor & backgroundColor,
-				 bool useOpacitySetting)
-{
-  // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn
-  // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable()
-  //
-  // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background
-  // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar
-  // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE
-  // applications.
-  //
-  QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible ()?
-    rect.intersected (_scrollBar->geometry ()) : QRect ();
-  QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion (rect).subtracted (scrollBarArea);
-  QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect ();
-
-  if (HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha (_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting)
-    {
-      QColor color (backgroundColor);
-      color.setAlpha (qAlpha (_blendColor));
-
-      painter.save ();
-      painter.setCompositionMode (QPainter::CompositionMode_Source);
-      painter.fillRect (contentsRect, color);
-      painter.restore ();
-    }
-  else
-    painter.fillRect (contentsRect, backgroundColor);
-
-  painter.fillRect (scrollBarArea, _scrollBar->palette ().background ());
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawCursor (QPainter & painter,
-			     const QRect & rect,
-			     const QColor & foregroundColor,
-			     const QColor & /*backgroundColor */ ,
-			     bool & invertCharacterColor)
-{
-  QRect cursorRect = rect;
-  cursorRect.setHeight (_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1);
-
-  if (!_cursorBlinking)
-    {
-      if (_cursorColor.isValid ())
-	painter.setPen (_cursorColor);
-      else
-	painter.setPen (foregroundColor);
-
-      if (_cursorShape == BlockCursor)
-	{
-	  // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that
-	  // it is draw entirely inside 'rect'
-	  int penWidth = qMax (1, painter.pen ().width ());
-
-	  painter.drawRect (cursorRect.adjusted (penWidth / 2,
-						 penWidth / 2,
-						 -penWidth / 2 - penWidth % 2,
-						 -penWidth / 2 -
-						 penWidth % 2));
-	  if (hasFocus ())
-	    {
-	      painter.fillRect (cursorRect,
-				_cursorColor.
-				isValid ()? _cursorColor : foregroundColor);
-
-	      if (!_cursorColor.isValid ())
-		{
-		  // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at
-		  // the cursor position is readable
-		  invertCharacterColor = true;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (_cursorShape == UnderlineCursor)
-	painter.drawLine (cursorRect.left (),
-			  cursorRect.bottom (),
-			  cursorRect.right (), cursorRect.bottom ());
-      else if (_cursorShape == IBeamCursor)
-	painter.drawLine (cursorRect.left (),
-			  cursorRect.top (),
-			  cursorRect.left (), cursorRect.bottom ());
-
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawCharacters (QPainter & painter,
-				 const QRect & rect,
-				 const QString & text,
-				 const Character * style,
-				 bool invertCharacterColor)
-{
-  // don't draw text which is currently blinking
-  if (_blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK))
-    return;
-
-  // setup boldJ and underline
-  bool useBold;
-  ColorEntry::FontWeight weight = style->fontWeight (_colorTable);
-  if (weight == ColorEntry::UseCurrentFormat)
-    useBold = ((style->rendition & RE_BOLD) && _boldIntense)
-      || font ().bold ();
-  else
-    useBold = (weight == ColorEntry::Bold) ? true : false;
-  bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font ().underline ();
-
-  QFont font = painter.font ();
-  if (font.bold () != useBold || font.underline () != useUnderline)
-    {
-      font.setBold (useBold);
-      font.setUnderline (useUnderline);
-      painter.setFont (font);
-    }
-
-  // setup pen
-  const CharacterColor & textColor =
-    (invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor);
-  const QColor color = textColor.color (_colorTable);
-  QPen pen = painter.pen ();
-  if (pen.color () != color)
-    {
-      pen.setColor (color);
-      painter.setPen (color);
-    }
-
-  if (_bidiEnabled)
-    painter.drawText (rect, 0, text);
-  else
-    painter.drawText (rect, 0, LTR_OVERRIDE_CHAR + text);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawTextFragment (QPainter & painter,
-				   const QRect & rect,
-				   const QString & text,
-				   const Character * style)
-{
-  painter.save ();
-
-  // setup painter 
-  const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color (_colorTable);
-  const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color (_colorTable);
-
-  // draw background if different from the display's background color
-  if (backgroundColor != palette ().background ().color ())
-    drawBackground (painter, rect, backgroundColor,
-		    false /* do not use transparency */ );
-
-  // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor
-  // this may alter the foreground and background colors
-  bool invertCharacterColor = false;
-  if (style->rendition & RE_CURSOR)
-    drawCursor (painter, rect, foregroundColor, backgroundColor,
-		invertCharacterColor);
-
-  // draw text
-  drawCharacters (painter, rect, text, style, invertCharacterColor);
-
-  painter.restore ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setRandomSeed (uint randomSeed)
-{
-  _randomSeed = randomSeed;
-}
-
-uint
-TerminalDisplay::randomSeed () const
-{
-  return _randomSeed;
-}
-
-#if 0
-/*!
-    Set XIM Position
-*/
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos (const int curx, const int cury)
-{
-  QPoint tL = contentsRect ().topLeft ();
-  int tLx = tL.x ();
-  int tLy = tL.y ();
-
-  int xpos, ypos;
-  ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight * (cury - 1) + _fontAscent;
-  xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth * curx;
-  _cursorLine = cury;
-  _cursorCol = curx;
-}
-#endif
-
-// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise.
-//
-// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character 
-// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() 
-// with the final scroll amount.  this improves performance because scrolling the 
-// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the 
-// part of the image which has moved up or down.  
-// Instead only new lines have to be drawn
-void
-TerminalDisplay::scrollImage (int lines, const QRect & screenWindowRegion)
-{
-  // if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the 
-  // scrolling optimizations and cause artifacts.  the simple solution here
-  // is to just disable the optimization whilst it is visible
-  if (_outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible ())
-    return;
-
-  // constrain the region to the display
-  // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's
-  // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less
-  // than the height of the internal image.
-  QRect region = screenWindowRegion;
-  region.setBottom (qMin (region.bottom (), this->_lines - 2));
-
-  // return if there is nothing to do
-  if (lines == 0
-      || _image == 0
-      || !region.isValid ()
-      || (region.top () + abs (lines)) >= region.bottom ()
-      || this->_lines <= region.height ())
-    return;
-
-  // hide terminal size label to prevent it being scrolled
-  if (_resizeWidget && _resizeWidget->isVisible ())
-    _resizeWidget->hide ();
-
-  // Note:  With Qt 4.4 the left edge of the scrolled area must be at 0
-  // to get the correct (newly exposed) part of the widget repainted.
-  //
-  // The right edge must be before the left edge of the scroll bar to 
-  // avoid triggering a repaint of the entire widget, the distance is 
-  // given by SCROLLBAR_CONTENT_GAP
-  //
-  // Set the QT_FLUSH_PAINT environment variable to '1' before starting the
-  // application to monitor repainting.
-  //
-  int scrollBarWidth = _scrollBar->isHidden ()? 0 : _scrollBar->width ();
-  const int SCROLLBAR_CONTENT_GAP = 1;
-  QRect scrollRect;
-  if (_scrollbarLocation == ScrollBarLeft)
-    {
-      scrollRect.setLeft (scrollBarWidth + SCROLLBAR_CONTENT_GAP);
-      scrollRect.setRight (width ());
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      scrollRect.setLeft (0);
-      scrollRect.setRight (width () - scrollBarWidth - SCROLLBAR_CONTENT_GAP);
-    }
-  void *firstCharPos = &_image[region.top () * this->_columns];
-  void *lastCharPos = &_image[(region.top () + abs (lines)) * this->_columns];
-
-  int top = _topMargin + (region.top () * _fontHeight);
-  int linesToMove = region.height () - abs (lines);
-  int bytesToMove = linesToMove * this->_columns * sizeof (Character);
-
-  Q_ASSERT (linesToMove > 0);
-  Q_ASSERT (bytesToMove > 0);
-
-  //scroll internal image
-  if (lines > 0)
-    {
-      // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
-      Q_ASSERT ((char *) lastCharPos + bytesToMove <
-		(char *) (_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)));
-
-      Q_ASSERT ((lines * this->_columns) < _imageSize);
-
-      //scroll internal image down
-      memmove (firstCharPos, lastCharPos, bytesToMove);
-
-      //set region of display to scroll
-      scrollRect.setTop (top);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
-      Q_ASSERT ((char *) firstCharPos + bytesToMove <
-		(char *) (_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)));
-
-      //scroll internal image up
-      memmove (lastCharPos, firstCharPos, bytesToMove);
-
-      //set region of the display to scroll
-      scrollRect.setTop (top + abs (lines) * _fontHeight);
-    }
-  scrollRect.setHeight (linesToMove * _fontHeight);
-
-  Q_ASSERT (scrollRect.isValid () && !scrollRect.isEmpty ());
-
-  //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image
-  scroll (0, _fontHeight * (-lines), scrollRect);
-}
-
-QRegion
-TerminalDisplay::hotSpotRegion () const
-{
-  QRegion region;
-  foreach (Filter::HotSpot * hotSpot, _filterChain->hotSpots ())
-  {
-    QRect r;
-    if (hotSpot->startLine () == hotSpot->endLine ())
-      {
-	r.setLeft (hotSpot->startColumn ());
-	r.setTop (hotSpot->startLine ());
-	r.setRight (hotSpot->endColumn ());
-	r.setBottom (hotSpot->endLine ());
-	region |= imageToWidget (r);;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	r.setLeft (hotSpot->startColumn ());
-	r.setTop (hotSpot->startLine ());
-	r.setRight (_columns);
-	r.setBottom (hotSpot->startLine ());
-	region |= imageToWidget (r);;
-	for (int line = hotSpot->startLine () + 1; line < hotSpot->endLine ();
-	     line++)
-	  {
-	    r.setLeft (0);
-	    r.setTop (line);
-	    r.setRight (_columns);
-	    r.setBottom (line);
-	    region |= imageToWidget (r);;
-	  }
-	r.setLeft (0);
-	r.setTop (hotSpot->endLine ());
-	r.setRight (hotSpot->endColumn ());
-	r.setBottom (hotSpot->endLine ());
-	region |= imageToWidget (r);;
-      }
-  }
-  return region;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::processFilters ()
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion ();
-
-  // use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because
-  // other classes may call processFilters() when this display's
-  // ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before
-  // updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is 
-  // out of date at this point
-  _filterChain->setImage (_screenWindow->getImage (),
-			  _screenWindow->windowLines (),
-			  _screenWindow->windowColumns (),
-			  _screenWindow->getLineProperties ());
-  _filterChain->process ();
-
-  QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion ();
-
-  update (preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::updateImage ()
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and
-  // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that
-  // can simply be moved up or down
-  scrollImage (_screenWindow->scrollCount (), _screenWindow->scrollRegion ());
-  _screenWindow->resetScrollCount ();
-
-  if (!_image)
-    {
-      // Create _image.
-      // The emitted changedContentSizeSignal also leads to getImage being recreated, so do this first.
-      updateImageSize ();
-    }
-
-  Character *const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage ();
-  int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines ();
-  int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns ();
-
-  setScroll (_screenWindow->currentLine (), _screenWindow->lineCount ());
-
-  Q_ASSERT (this->_usedLines <= this->_lines);
-  Q_ASSERT (this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns);
-
-  int y, x, len;
-
-  QPoint tL = contentsRect ().topLeft ();
-  int tLx = tL.x ();
-  int tLy = tL.y ();
-  _hasBlinker = false;
-
-  CharacterColor cf;		// undefined
-  CharacterColor _clipboard;	// undefined
-  int cr = -1;			// undefined
-
-  const int linesToUpdate = qMin (this->_lines, qMax (0, lines));
-  const int columnsToUpdate = qMin (this->_columns, qMax (0, columns));
-
-  QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate];
-  char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate + 2];
-  QRegion dirtyRegion;
-
-  // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to
-  // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and
-  // which therefore need to be repainted
-  int dirtyLineCount = 0;
-
-  for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; ++y)
-    {
-      const Character *currentLine = &_image[y * this->_columns];
-      const Character *const newLine = &newimg[y * columns];
-
-      bool updateLine = false;
-
-      // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also
-      // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds
-      // its cell boundaries
-      memset (dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate + 2);
-
-      for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; ++x)
-	{
-	  if (newLine[x] != currentLine[x])
-	    {
-	      dirtyMask[x] = true;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (!_resizing)		// not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent
-	for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; ++x)
-	  {
-	    _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK);
-
-	    // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs.
-	    // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation
-	    // where characters exceed their cell width.
-	    if (dirtyMask[x])
-	      {
-		quint16 c = newLine[x + 0].character;
-		if (!c)
-		  continue;
-		int p = 0;
-		disstrU[p++] = c;	//fontMap(c);
-		bool lineDraw = isLineChar (c);
-		bool doubleWidth =
-		  (x + 1 ==
-		   columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x + 1].character == 0);
-		cr = newLine[x].rendition;
-		_clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor;
-		if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf)
-		  cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor;
-		int lln = columnsToUpdate - x;
-		for (len = 1; len < lln; ++len)
-		  {
-		    const Character & ch = newLine[x + len];
-
-		    if (!ch.character)
-		      continue;	// Skip trailing part of multi-col chars.
-
-		    bool nextIsDoubleWidth =
-		      (x + len + 1 ==
-		       columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x + len +
-							   1].character == 0);
-
-		    if (ch.foregroundColor != cf ||
-			ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard ||
-			ch.rendition != cr ||
-			!dirtyMask[x + len] ||
-			isLineChar (c) != lineDraw ||
-			nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth)
-		      break;
-
-		    disstrU[p++] = c;	//fontMap(c);
-		  }
-
-		QString unistr (disstrU, p);
-
-		bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont;
-		if (lineDraw)
-		  _fixedFont = false;
-		if (doubleWidth)
-		  _fixedFont = false;
-
-		updateLine = true;
-
-		_fixedFont = saveFixedFont;
-		x += len - 1;
-	      }
-
-	  }
-
-      //both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn
-      //although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only
-      //the top one is actually
-      //drawn.
-      if (_lineProperties.count () > y)
-	updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT);
-
-      // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image
-      // then this line must be repainted.
-      if (updateLine)
-	{
-	  dirtyLineCount++;
-
-	  // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be
-	  // repainted
-	  QRect dirtyRect = QRect (_leftMargin + tLx,
-				   _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight * y,
-				   _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate,
-				   _fontHeight);
-
-	  dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect;
-	}
-
-      // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the
-      // current line of the new _image
-      memcpy ((void *) currentLine, (const void *) newLine,
-	      columnsToUpdate * sizeof (Character));
-    }
-
-  // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area
-  // outside the new _image is cleared
-  if (linesToUpdate < _usedLines)
-    {
-      dirtyRegion |= QRect (_leftMargin + tLx,
-			    _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight * linesToUpdate,
-			    _fontWidth * this->_columns,
-			    _fontHeight * (_usedLines - linesToUpdate));
-    }
-  _usedLines = linesToUpdate;
-
-  if (columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns)
-    {
-      dirtyRegion |= QRect (_leftMargin + tLx + columnsToUpdate * _fontWidth,
-			    _topMargin + tLy,
-			    _fontWidth * (_usedColumns - columnsToUpdate),
-			    _fontHeight * this->_lines);
-    }
-  _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate;
-
-  dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect;
-
-  // update the parts of the display which have changed
-  update (dirtyRegion);
-
-  if (_hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive ())
-    _blinkTimer->start (TEXT_BLINK_DELAY);
-  if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive ())
-    {
-      _blinkTimer->stop ();
-      _blinking = false;
-    }
-  delete[]dirtyMask;
-  delete[]disstrU;
-
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::showResizeNotification ()
-{
-  if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible ())
-    {
-      if (_terminalSizeStartup)
-	{
-	  _terminalSizeStartup = false;
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (!_resizeWidget)
-	{
-	  _resizeWidget = new QLabel (QString ("Size: XXX x XXX"), this);
-	  _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth (_resizeWidget->fontMetrics ().
-					  width (QString
-						 ("Size: XXX x XXX")));
-	  _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight (_resizeWidget->sizeHint ().
-					   height ());
-	  _resizeWidget->setAlignment (Qt::AlignCenter);
-
-	  _resizeWidget->
-	    setStyleSheet
-	    ("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)");
-
-	  _resizeTimer = new QTimer (this);
-	  _resizeTimer->setSingleShot (true);
-	  connect (_resizeTimer, SIGNAL (timeout ()), _resizeWidget,
-		   SLOT (hide ()));
-	}
-      QString sizeStr = QString ("Size: %1 x %2").arg (_columns).arg (_lines);
-      _resizeWidget->setText (sizeStr);
-      _resizeWidget->move ((width () - _resizeWidget->width ()) / 2,
-			   (height () - _resizeWidget->height ()) / 2 + 20);
-      _resizeWidget->show ();
-      _resizeTimer->start (1000);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setBlinkingCursor (bool blink)
-{
-  _hasBlinkingCursor = blink;
-
-  if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive ())
-    _blinkCursorTimer->start (QApplication::cursorFlashTime () / 2);
-
-  if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive ())
-    {
-      _blinkCursorTimer->stop ();
-      if (_cursorBlinking)
-	blinkCursorEvent ();
-      else
-	_cursorBlinking = false;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setBlinkingTextEnabled (bool blink)
-{
-  _allowBlinkingText = blink;
-
-  if (blink && !_blinkTimer->isActive ())
-    _blinkTimer->start (TEXT_BLINK_DELAY);
-
-  if (!blink && _blinkTimer->isActive ())
-    {
-      _blinkTimer->stop ();
-      _blinking = false;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::focusOutEvent (QFocusEvent *)
-{
-  // trigger a repaint of the cursor so that it is both visible (in case
-  // it was hidden during blinking)
-  // and drawn in a focused out state
-  _cursorBlinking = false;
-  updateCursor ();
-
-  _blinkCursorTimer->stop ();
-  if (_blinking)
-    blinkEvent ();
-
-  _blinkTimer->stop ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::focusInEvent (QFocusEvent *)
-{
-  updateImage ();
-  if (_hasBlinkingCursor)
-    {
-      _blinkCursorTimer->start ();
-    }
-  updateCursor ();
-
-  if (_hasBlinker)
-    _blinkTimer->start ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::paintEvent (QPaintEvent * pe)
-{
-  QPainter paint (this);
-
-  foreach (const QRect & rect, (pe->region () & contentsRect ()).rects ())
-  {
-    drawBackground (paint, rect, palette ().background ().color (),
-		    true /* use opacity setting */ );
-    drawContents (paint, rect);
-  }
-  drawInputMethodPreeditString (paint, preeditRect ());
-  paintFilters (paint);
-}
-
-QPoint
-TerminalDisplay::cursorPosition () const
-{
-  if (_screenWindow)
-    return _screenWindow->cursorPosition ();
-  else
-    return QPoint (0, 0);
-}
-
-QRect
-TerminalDisplay::preeditRect () const
-{
-  const int preeditLength = string_width (_inputMethodData.preeditString);
-
-  if (preeditLength == 0)
-    return QRect ();
-
-  return QRect (_leftMargin + _fontWidth * cursorPosition ().x (),
-		_topMargin + _fontHeight * cursorPosition ().y (),
-		_fontWidth * preeditLength, _fontHeight);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawInputMethodPreeditString (QPainter & painter,
-					       const QRect & rect)
-{
-  if (_inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty ())
-    return;
-
-  const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition ();
-
-  bool invertColors = false;
-  const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color;
-  const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color;
-  const Character *style = &_image[loc (cursorPos.x (), cursorPos.y ())];
-
-  drawBackground (painter, rect, background, true);
-  drawCursor (painter, rect, foreground, background, invertColors);
-  drawCharacters (painter, rect, _inputMethodData.preeditString, style,
-		  invertColors);
-
-  _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect;
-}
-
-FilterChain *
-TerminalDisplay::filterChain () const
-{
-  return _filterChain;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::paintFilters (QPainter & painter)
-{
-  // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw
-  // lines for filters
-  QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal (QCursor::pos ());
-  int cursorLine;
-  int cursorColumn;
-  int scrollBarWidth =
-    (_scrollbarLocation == ScrollBarLeft) ? _scrollBar->width () : 0;
-
-  getCharacterPosition (cursorPos, cursorLine, cursorColumn);
-  Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc (cursorColumn, cursorLine)];
-
-  painter.
-    setPen (QPen (cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color (colorTable ())));
-
-  // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters 
-  // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot
-
-  QList < Filter::HotSpot * >spots = _filterChain->hotSpots ();
-  QListIterator < Filter::HotSpot * >iter (spots);
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      Filter::HotSpot * spot = iter.next ();
-
-      QRegion region;
-      if (spot->type () == Filter::HotSpot::Link)
-	{
-	  QRect r;
-	  if (spot->startLine () == spot->endLine ())
-	    {
-	      r.setCoords (spot->startColumn () * _fontWidth + 1 +
-			   scrollBarWidth,
-			   spot->startLine () * _fontHeight + 1,
-			   (spot->endColumn () - 1) * _fontWidth - 1 +
-			   scrollBarWidth,
-			   (spot->endLine () + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-	      region |= r;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      r.setCoords (spot->startColumn () * _fontWidth + 1 +
-			   scrollBarWidth,
-			   spot->startLine () * _fontHeight + 1,
-			   (_columns - 1) * _fontWidth - 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-			   (spot->startLine () + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-	      region |= r;
-	      for (int line = spot->startLine () + 1; line < spot->endLine ();
-		   line++)
-		{
-		  r.setCoords (0 * _fontWidth + 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-			       line * _fontHeight + 1,
-			       (_columns - 1) * _fontWidth - 1 +
-			       scrollBarWidth, (line + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-		  region |= r;
-		}
-	      r.setCoords (0 * _fontWidth + 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-			   spot->endLine () * _fontHeight + 1,
-			   (spot->endColumn () - 1) * _fontWidth - 1 +
-			   scrollBarWidth,
-			   (spot->endLine () + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-	      region |= r;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      for (int line = spot->startLine (); line <= spot->endLine (); line++)
-	{
-	  int startColumn = 0;
-	  int endColumn = _columns - 1;	// TODO use number of _columns which are actually 
-	  // occupied on this line rather than the width of the
-	  // display in _columns
-
-	  // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines
-	  while (QChar (_image[loc (endColumn, line)].character).isSpace ()
-		 && endColumn > 0)
-	    endColumn--;
-
-	  // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to
-	  // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line
-	  endColumn++;
-
-	  if (line == spot->startLine ())
-	    startColumn = spot->startColumn ();
-	  if (line == spot->endLine ())
-	    endColumn = spot->endColumn ();
-
-	  // subtract one pixel from
-	  // the right and bottom so that
-	  // we do not overdraw adjacent
-	  // hotspots
-	  //
-	  // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where
-	  // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined 
-	  // because the check below for the position of the cursor
-	  // finds it on the border of the target area
-	  QRect r;
-	  r.setCoords (startColumn * _fontWidth + 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-		       line * _fontHeight + 1,
-		       endColumn * _fontWidth - 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-		       (line + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-	  // Underline link hotspots 
-	  if (spot->type () == Filter::HotSpot::Link)
-	    {
-	      QFontMetrics metrics (font ());
-
-	      // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on,
-	      // with some having tails dangling below)
-	      int baseline = r.bottom () - metrics.descent ();
-	      // find the position of the underline below that
-	      int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos ();
-	      if (region.contains (mapFromGlobal (QCursor::pos ())))
-		{
-		  painter.drawLine (r.left (), underlinePos,
-				    r.right (), underlinePos);
-		}
-	    }
-	  // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape
-	  // drawn on top of them
-	  else if (spot->type () == Filter::HotSpot::Marker)
-	    {
-	      //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this
-	      painter.fillRect (r, QBrush (QColor (255, 0, 0, 120)));
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::drawContents (QPainter & paint, const QRect & rect)
-{
-  QPoint tL = contentsRect ().topLeft ();
-  int tLx = tL.x ();
-  int tLy = tL.y ();
-
-  int lux =
-    qMin (_usedColumns - 1,
-	  qMax (0, (rect.left () - tLx - _leftMargin) / _fontWidth));
-  int luy =
-    qMin (_usedLines - 1,
-	  qMax (0, (rect.top () - tLy - _topMargin) / _fontHeight));
-  int rlx =
-    qMin (_usedColumns - 1,
-	  qMax (0, (rect.right () - tLx - _leftMargin) / _fontWidth));
-  int rly =
-    qMin (_usedLines - 1,
-	  qMax (0, (rect.bottom () - tLy - _topMargin) / _fontHeight));
-
-  const int bufferSize = _usedColumns;
-  QString unistr;
-  unistr.reserve (bufferSize);
-  for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++)
-    {
-      quint16 c = _image[loc (lux, y)].character;
-      int x = lux;
-      if (!c && x)
-	x--;			// Search for start of multi-column character
-      for (; x <= rlx; x++)
-	{
-	  int len = 1;
-	  int p = 0;
-
-	  // reset our buffer to the maximal size
-	  unistr.resize (bufferSize);
-	  QChar *disstrU = unistr.data ();
-
-	  // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ?
-	  if (_image[loc (x, y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR)
-	    {
-	      // sequence of characters
-	      ushort extendedCharLength = 0;
-	      ushort *chars =
-		ExtendedCharTable::instance.
-		lookupExtendedChar (_image[loc (x, y)].charSequence,
-				    extendedCharLength);
-	      for (int index = 0; index < extendedCharLength; index++)
-		{
-		  Q_ASSERT (p < bufferSize);
-		  disstrU[p++] = chars[index];
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      // single character
-	      c = _image[loc (x, y)].character;
-	      if (c)
-		{
-		  Q_ASSERT (p < bufferSize);
-		  disstrU[p++] = c;	//fontMap(c);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  bool lineDraw = isLineChar (c);
-	  bool doubleWidth =
-	    (_image[qMin (loc (x, y) + 1, _imageSize)].character == 0);
-	  CharacterColor currentForeground =
-	    _image[loc (x, y)].foregroundColor;
-	  CharacterColor currentBackground =
-	    _image[loc (x, y)].backgroundColor;
-	  quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc (x, y)].rendition;
-
-	  while (x + len <= rlx && _image[loc (x + len, y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground && _image[loc (x + len, y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground && _image[loc (x + len, y)].rendition == currentRendition && (_image[qMin (loc (x + len, y) + 1, _imageSize)].character == 0) == doubleWidth && isLineChar (c = _image[loc (x + len, y)].character) == lineDraw)	// Assignment!
-	    {
-	      if (c)
-		disstrU[p++] = c;	//fontMap(c);
-	      if (doubleWidth)	// assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition
-		len++;		// Skip trailing part of multi-column character
-	      len++;
-	    }
-	  if ((x + len < _usedColumns)
-	      && (!_image[loc (x + len, y)].character))
-	    len++;		// Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character
-
-	  bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont;
-	  if (lineDraw)
-	    _fixedFont = false;
-	  if (doubleWidth)
-	    _fixedFont = false;
-	  unistr.resize (p);
-
-	  // Create a text scaling matrix for double width and double height lines.
-	  QMatrix textScale;
-
-	  if (y < _lineProperties.size ())
-	    {
-	      if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH)
-		textScale.scale (2, 1);
-
-	      if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT)
-		textScale.scale (1, 2);
-	    }
-
-	  //Apply text scaling matrix.
-	  paint.setWorldMatrix (textScale, true);
-
-	  //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn
-	  QRect textArea =
-	    QRect (_leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth * x,
-		   _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight * y, _fontWidth * len,
-		   _fontHeight);
-
-	  //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter.
-	  //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled
-	  //by the opposite of whatever
-	  //transformation has been applied to the painter.  this ensures that
-	  //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft()
-	  //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale)
-	  textArea.moveTopLeft (textScale.inverted ().
-				map (textArea.topLeft ()));
-
-	  //paint text fragment
-	  drawTextFragment (paint, textArea, unistr, &_image[loc (x, y)]);	//,
-	  //0,
-	  //!_isPrinting );
-
-	  _fixedFont = save__fixedFont;
-
-	  //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines
-	  paint.setWorldMatrix (textScale.inverted (), true);
-
-	  if (y < _lineProperties.size () - 1)
-	    {
-	      //double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines
-	      //containing the same characters
-	      //both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.
-	      //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute,
-	      //we can therefore skip the next line
-	      if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT)
-		y++;
-	    }
-
-	  x += len - 1;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::blinkEvent ()
-{
-  if (!_allowBlinkingText)
-    return;
-
-  _blinking = !_blinking;
-
-  //TODO:  Optimize to only repaint the areas of the widget
-  // where there is blinking text
-  // rather than repainting the whole widget.
-  update ();
-}
-
-QRect
-TerminalDisplay::imageToWidget (const QRect & imageArea) const
-{
-  QRect result;
-  result.setLeft (_leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left ());
-  result.setTop (_topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top ());
-  result.setWidth (_fontWidth * imageArea.width ());
-  result.setHeight (_fontHeight * imageArea.height ());
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::updateCursor ()
-{
-  QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget (QRect (cursorPosition (), QSize (1, 1)));
-  update (cursorRect);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::blinkCursorEvent ()
-{
-  _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking;
-  updateCursor ();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                  Resizing                                 */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::resizeEvent (QResizeEvent *)
-{
-  updateImageSize ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::propagateSize ()
-{
-  if (_isFixedSize)
-    {
-      setSize (_columns, _lines);
-      QWidget::setFixedSize (sizeHint ());
-      parentWidget ()->adjustSize ();
-      parentWidget ()->setFixedSize (parentWidget ()->sizeHint ());
-      return;
-    }
-  if (_image)
-    updateImageSize ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::updateImageSize ()
-{
-  Character *oldimg = _image;
-  int oldlin = _lines;
-  int oldcol = _columns;
-
-  makeImage ();
-
-  // copy the old image to reduce flicker
-  int lines = qMin (oldlin, _lines);
-  int columns = qMin (oldcol, _columns);
-
-  if (oldimg)
-    {
-      for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++)
-	{
-	  memcpy ((void *) &_image[_columns * line],
-		  (void *) &oldimg[oldcol * line],
-		  columns * sizeof (Character));
-	}
-      delete[]oldimg;
-    }
-
-  if (_screenWindow)
-    _screenWindow->setWindowLines (_lines);
-
-  _resizing = (oldlin != _lines) || (oldcol != _columns);
-
-  if (_resizing)
-    {
-      showResizeNotification ();
-      emit changedContentSizeSignal (_contentHeight, _contentWidth);	// expose resizeEvent
-    }
-
-  _resizing = false;
-}
-
-//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the 
-//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown.
-//
-//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using
-//the same signal as the one for a content size change 
-void
-TerminalDisplay::showEvent (QShowEvent *)
-{
-  emit changedContentSizeSignal (_contentHeight, _contentWidth);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::hideEvent (QHideEvent *)
-{
-  emit changedContentSizeSignal (_contentHeight, _contentWidth);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Scrollbar                                  */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::scrollBarPositionChanged (int)
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  _screenWindow->scrollTo (_scrollBar->value ());
-
-  // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set
-  // the display to automatically track new output,
-  // that is, scroll down automatically
-  // to how new _lines as they are added
-  const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value () == _scrollBar->maximum ());
-  _screenWindow->setTrackOutput (atEndOfOutput);
-
-  updateImage ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setScroll (int cursor, int slines)
-{
-  // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed,
-  // otherwise return
-  //
-  // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger
-  // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary
-  if (_scrollBar->minimum () == 0 &&
-      _scrollBar->maximum () == (slines - _lines) &&
-      _scrollBar->value () == cursor)
-    {
-      return;
-    }
-
-  disconnect (_scrollBar, SIGNAL (valueChanged (int)), this,
-	      SLOT (scrollBarPositionChanged (int)));
-  _scrollBar->setRange (0, slines - _lines);
-  _scrollBar->setSingleStep (1);
-  _scrollBar->setPageStep (_lines);
-  _scrollBar->setValue (cursor);
-  connect (_scrollBar, SIGNAL (valueChanged (int)), this,
-	   SLOT (scrollBarPositionChanged (int)));
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setScrollBarPosition (ScrollBarPosition position)
-{
-  if (_scrollbarLocation == position)
-    return;
-
-  if (position == NoScrollBar)
-    _scrollBar->hide ();
-  else
-    _scrollBar->show ();
-
-  _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1;
-  _scrollbarLocation = position;
-
-  propagateSize ();
-  update ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::mousePressEvent (QMouseEvent * ev)
-{
-  if (_possibleTripleClick && (ev->button () == Qt::LeftButton))
-    {
-      mouseTripleClickEvent (ev);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (!contentsRect ().contains (ev->pos ()))
-    return;
-
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  int charLine;
-  int charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-  QPoint pos = QPoint (charColumn, charLine);
-
-  if (ev->button () == Qt::LeftButton)
-    {
-      _lineSelectionMode = false;
-      _wordSelectionMode = false;
-
-      emit isBusySelecting (true);	// Keep it steady...
-      // Drag only when the Control key is hold
-      bool selected = false;
-
-      // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust
-      // 'selected' accordingly.
-      //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected);
-
-      selected = _screenWindow->isSelected (pos.x (), pos.y ());
-
-      if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers () & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected)
-	{
-	  // The user clicked inside selected text
-	  dragInfo.state = diPending;
-	  dragInfo.start = ev->pos ();
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  // No reason to ever start a drag event
-	  dragInfo.state = diNone;
-
-	  _preserveLineBreaks = !((ev->modifiers () & Qt::ControlModifier)
-				  && !(ev->modifiers () & Qt::AltModifier));
-	  _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers () & Qt::AltModifier)
-	    && (ev->modifiers () & Qt::ControlModifier);
-
-	  if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-	    {
-	      _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-
-	      //emit clearSelectionSignal();
-	      pos.ry () += _scrollBar->value ();
-	      _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos;
-	      _actSel = 1;	// left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet.
-
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      emit mouseSignal (0, charColumn + 1,
-				charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-				_scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (ev->button () == Qt::MidButton)
-    {
-      if (_mouseMarks
-	  || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier)))
-	emitSelection (true, ev->modifiers () & Qt::ControlModifier);
-      else
-	emit mouseSignal (1, charColumn + 1,
-			  charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			  _scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-    }
-  else if (ev->button () == Qt::RightButton)
-    {
-      if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-	emit configureRequest (ev->pos ());
-      else
-      emit mouseSignal (2, charColumn + 1,
-			charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			_scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-    }
-}
-
-QList < QAction * >TerminalDisplay::filterActions (const QPoint & position)
-{
-  int
-    charLine,
-    charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition (position, charLine, charColumn);
-
-  Filter::HotSpot * spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt (charLine, charColumn);
-
-  return spot ? spot->actions () : QList < QAction * >();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::mouseMoveEvent (QMouseEvent * ev)
-{
-  int charLine = 0;
-  int charColumn = 0;
-  int scrollBarWidth =
-    (_scrollbarLocation == ScrollBarLeft) ? _scrollBar->width () : 0;
-
-  getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-
-  // handle filters
-  // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over
-  Filter::HotSpot * spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt (charLine, charColumn);
-  if (spot && spot->type () == Filter::HotSpot::Link)
-    {
-      QRegion previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea;
-      _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRegion ();
-      QRect r;
-      if (spot->startLine () == spot->endLine ())
-	{
-	  r.setCoords (spot->startColumn () * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-		       spot->startLine () * _fontHeight,
-		       spot->endColumn () * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-		       (spot->endLine () + 1) * _fontHeight - 1);
-	  _mouseOverHotspotArea |= r;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  r.setCoords (spot->startColumn () * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-		       spot->startLine () * _fontHeight,
-		       _columns * _fontWidth - 1 + scrollBarWidth,
-		       (spot->startLine () + 1) * _fontHeight);
-	  _mouseOverHotspotArea |= r;
-	  for (int line = spot->startLine () + 1; line < spot->endLine ();
-	       line++)
-	    {
-	      r.setCoords (0 * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-			   line * _fontHeight,
-			   _columns * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-			   (line + 1) * _fontHeight);
-	      _mouseOverHotspotArea |= r;
-	    }
-	  r.setCoords (0 * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-		       spot->endLine () * _fontHeight,
-		       spot->endColumn () * _fontWidth + scrollBarWidth,
-		       (spot->endLine () + 1) * _fontHeight);
-	  _mouseOverHotspotArea |= r;
-	}
-      // display tooltips when mousing over links
-      // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links
-      const QString & tooltip = spot->tooltip ();
-      if (!tooltip.isEmpty ())
-	{
-	  QToolTip::showText (mapToGlobal (ev->pos ()), tooltip, this,
-			      _mouseOverHotspotArea.boundingRect ());
-	}
-
-      update (_mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea);
-    }
-  else if (!_mouseOverHotspotArea.isEmpty ())
-    {
-      update (_mouseOverHotspotArea);
-      // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle
-      _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRegion ();
-    }
-
-  // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking
-  if (ev->buttons () == Qt::NoButton)
-    return;
-
-  // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements
-  // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift
-  // key is being held down, which overrides this.
-  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-    {
-      int button = 3;
-      if (ev->buttons () & Qt::LeftButton)
-	button = 0;
-      if (ev->buttons () & Qt::MidButton)
-	button = 1;
-      if (ev->buttons () & Qt::RightButton)
-	button = 2;
-
-
-      emit mouseSignal (button,
-			charColumn + 1,
-			charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			_scrollBar->maximum (), 1);
-
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (dragInfo.state == diPending)
-    {
-      // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet
-      // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm
-
-      int distance = 10;	//KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay();
-      if (ev->x () > dragInfo.start.x () + distance
-	  || ev->x () < dragInfo.start.x () - distance
-	  || ev->y () > dragInfo.start.y () + distance
-	  || ev->y () < dragInfo.start.y () - distance)
-	{
-	  // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now
-	  emit isBusySelecting (false);	// Ok.. we can breath again.
-
-	  _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-	  doDrag ();
-	}
-      return;
-    }
-  else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging)
-    {
-      // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during
-      // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (_actSel == 0)
-    return;
-
-  // don't extend selection while pasting
-  if (ev->buttons () & Qt::MidButton)
-    return;
-
-  extendSelection (ev->pos ());
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::extendSelection (const QPoint & position)
-{
-  QPoint pos = position;
-
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  //if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
-  QPoint tL = contentsRect ().topLeft ();
-  int tLx = tL.x ();
-  int tLy = tL.y ();
-  int scroll = _scrollBar->value ();
-
-  // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed
-  // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in
-  // this widget.
-
-  int linesBeyondWidget = 0;
-
-  QRect textBounds (tLx + _leftMargin,
-		    tLy + _topMargin,
-		    _usedColumns * _fontWidth - 1,
-		    _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1);
-
-  // Adjust position within text area bounds.
-  QPoint oldpos = pos;
-
-  pos.setX (qBound (textBounds.left (), pos.x (), textBounds.right ()));
-  pos.setY (qBound (textBounds.top (), pos.y (), textBounds.bottom ()));
-
-  if (oldpos.y () > textBounds.bottom ())
-    {
-      linesBeyondWidget = (oldpos.y () - textBounds.bottom ()) / _fontHeight;
-      _scrollBar->setValue (_scrollBar->value () + linesBeyondWidget + 1);	// scrollforward
-    }
-  if (oldpos.y () < textBounds.top ())
-    {
-      linesBeyondWidget = (textBounds.top () - oldpos.y ()) / _fontHeight;
-      _scrollBar->setValue (_scrollBar->value () - linesBeyondWidget - 1);	// history
-    }
-
-  int charColumn = 0;
-  int charLine = 0;
-  getCharacterPosition (pos, charLine, charColumn);
-
-  QPoint here = QPoint (charColumn, charLine);	//QPoint((pos.x()-tLx-_leftMargin+(_fontWidth/2))/_fontWidth,(pos.y()-tLy-_topMargin)/_fontHeight);
-  QPoint ohere;
-  QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel;
-  _iPntSelCorr.ry () -= _scrollBar->value ();
-  QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel;
-  _pntSelCorr.ry () -= _scrollBar->value ();
-  bool swapping = false;
-
-  if (_wordSelectionMode)
-    {
-      // Extend to word boundaries
-      int i;
-      QChar selClass;
-
-      bool left_not_right = (here.y () < _iPntSelCorr.y () ||
-			     (here.y () == _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-			      && here.x () < _iPntSelCorr.x ()));
-      bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y () < _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-				 || (_pntSelCorr.y () == _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-				     && _pntSelCorr.x () <
-				     _iPntSelCorr.x ()));
-      swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
-
-      // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
-      QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-      i = loc (left.x (), left.y ());
-      if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize)
-	{
-	  selClass = charClass (_image[i].character);
-	  while (((left.x () > 0)
-		  || (left.y () > 0
-		      && (_lineProperties[left.y () - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)))
-		 && charClass (_image[i - 1].character) == selClass)
-	    {
-	      i--;
-	      if (left.x () > 0)
-		left.rx ()--;
-	      else
-		{
-		  left.rx () = _usedColumns - 1;
-		  left.ry ()--;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-      // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
-      QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-      i = loc (right.x (), right.y ());
-      if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize)
-	{
-	  selClass = charClass (_image[i].character);
-	  while (((right.x () < _usedColumns - 1)
-		  || (right.y () < _usedLines - 1
-		      && (_lineProperties[right.y ()] & LINE_WRAPPED)))
-		 && charClass (_image[i + 1].character) == selClass)
-	    {
-	      i++;
-	      if (right.x () < _usedColumns - 1)
-		right.rx ()++;
-	      else
-		{
-		  right.rx () = 0;
-		  right.ry ()++;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-      // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-      if (left_not_right)
-	{
-	  here = left;
-	  ohere = right;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  here = right;
-	  ohere = left;
-	}
-      ohere.rx ()++;
-    }
-
-  if (_lineSelectionMode)
-    {
-      // Extend to complete line
-      bool above_not_below = (here.y () < _iPntSelCorr.y ());
-
-      QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-      QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-
-      while (above.y () > 0
-	     && (_lineProperties[above.y () - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))
-	above.ry ()--;
-      while (below.y () < _usedLines - 1
-	     && (_lineProperties[below.y ()] & LINE_WRAPPED))
-	below.ry ()++;
-
-      above.setX (0);
-      below.setX (_usedColumns - 1);
-
-      // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-      if (above_not_below)
-	{
-	  here = above;
-	  ohere = below;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  here = below;
-	  ohere = above;
-	}
-
-      QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint (ohere.x (), ohere.y ());
-      swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin == newSelBegin);
-      _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin;
-
-      ohere.rx ()++;
-    }
-
-  int offset = 0;
-  if (!_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode)
-    {
-      int i;
-      QChar selClass;
-
-      bool left_not_right = (here.y () < _iPntSelCorr.y () ||
-			     (here.y () == _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-			      && here.x () < _iPntSelCorr.x ()));
-      bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y () < _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-				 || (_pntSelCorr.y () == _iPntSelCorr.y ()
-				     && _pntSelCorr.x () <
-				     _iPntSelCorr.x ()));
-      swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
-
-      // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
-      QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-
-      // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
-      QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-      if (right.x () > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode)
-	{
-	  i = loc (right.x (), right.y ());
-	  if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize)
-	    {
-	      selClass = charClass (_image[i - 1].character);
-	      /* if (selClass == ' ')
-	         {
-	         while ( right.x() < _usedColumns-1 && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass && (right.y()<_usedLines-1) && 
-	         !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED))
-	         { i++; right.rx()++; }
-	         if (right.x() < _usedColumns-1)
-	         right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-	         else
-	         right.rx()++;  // will be balanced later because of offset=-1;
-	         } */
-	    }
-	}
-
-      // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-      if (left_not_right)
-	{
-	  here = left;
-	  ohere = right;
-	  offset = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  here = right;
-	  ohere = left;
-	  offset = -1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value ()))
-    return;			// not moved
-
-  if (here == ohere)
-    return;			// It's not left, it's not right.
-
-  if (_actSel < 2 || swapping)
-    {
-      if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->setSelectionStart (ohere.x (), ohere.y (), true);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->setSelectionStart (ohere.x () - 1 - offset,
-					    ohere.y (), false);
-	}
-
-    }
-
-  _actSel = 2;			// within selection
-  _pntSel = here;
-  _pntSel.ry () += _scrollBar->value ();
-
-  if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode)
-    {
-      _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd (here.x (), here.y ());
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd (here.x () + offset, here.y ());
-    }
-
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::mouseReleaseEvent (QMouseEvent * ev)
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  int charLine;
-  int charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-
-  if (ev->button () == Qt::LeftButton)
-    {
-      emit isBusySelecting (false);
-      if (dragInfo.state == diPending)
-	{
-	  // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed.  Kill selection
-	  _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-	  //emit clearSelectionSignal();
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (_actSel > 1)
-	    {
-	      setSelection (_screenWindow->
-			    selectedText (_preserveLineBreaks));
-	    }
-
-	  _actSel = 0;
-
-	  //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is
-	  //       outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent'
-	  //       applies here, too.
-
-	  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-	    emit mouseSignal (3,	// release
-			      charColumn + 1,
-			      charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			      _scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-	}
-      dragInfo.state = diNone;
-    }
-
-
-  if (!_mouseMarks &&
-      ((ev->button () == Qt::RightButton
-	&& !(ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-       || ev->button () == Qt::MidButton))
-    {
-      emit mouseSignal (3,
-			charColumn + 1,
-			charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			_scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::getCharacterPosition (const QPoint & widgetPoint, int &line,
-				       int &column) const
-{
-  column =
-    (widgetPoint.x () + _fontWidth / 2 - contentsRect ().left () -
-     _leftMargin) / _fontWidth;
-  line =
-    (widgetPoint.y () - contentsRect ().top () - _topMargin) / _fontHeight;
-
-  if (line < 0)
-    line = 0;
-  if (column < 0)
-    column = 0;
-
-  if (line >= _usedLines)
-    line = _usedLines - 1;
-
-  // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which
-  // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line.
-  //
-  // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most
-  // column (or left-most for right-to-left input)
-  if (column > _usedColumns)
-    column = _usedColumns;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::updateLineProperties ()
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::mouseDoubleClickEvent (QMouseEvent * ev)
-{
-  if (ev->button () != Qt::LeftButton)
-    return;
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  int charLine = 0;
-  int charColumn = 0;
-
-  getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-
-  QPoint pos (charColumn, charLine);
-
-  // pass on double click as two clicks.
-  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers () & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-    {
-      // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click
-      // was already sent by the click handler
-      emit mouseSignal (0, pos.x () + 1, pos.y () + 1 + _scrollBar->value () - _scrollBar->maximum (), 0);	// left button
-      return;
-    }
-
-  _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-  QPoint bgnSel = pos;
-  QPoint endSel = pos;
-  int i = loc (bgnSel.x (), bgnSel.y ());
-  _iPntSel = bgnSel;
-  _iPntSel.ry () += _scrollBar->value ();
-
-  _wordSelectionMode = true;
-
-  // find word boundaries...
-  QChar selClass = charClass (_image[i].character);
-  {
-    // find the start of the word
-    int x = bgnSel.x ();
-    while (((x > 0)
-	    || (bgnSel.y () > 0
-		&& (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y () - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)))
-	   && charClass (_image[i - 1].character) == selClass)
-      {
-	i--;
-	if (x > 0)
-	  x--;
-	else
-	  {
-	    x = _usedColumns - 1;
-	    bgnSel.ry ()--;
-	  }
-      }
-
-    bgnSel.setX (x);
-    _screenWindow->setSelectionStart (bgnSel.x (), bgnSel.y (), false);
-
-    // find the end of the word
-    i = loc (endSel.x (), endSel.y ());
-    x = endSel.x ();
-    while (((x < _usedColumns - 1)
-	    || (endSel.y () < _usedLines - 1
-		&& (_lineProperties[endSel.y ()] & LINE_WRAPPED)))
-	   && charClass (_image[i + 1].character) == selClass)
-      {
-	i++;
-	if (x < _usedColumns - 1)
-	  x++;
-	else
-	  {
-	    x = 0;
-	    endSel.ry ()++;
-	  }
-      }
-
-    endSel.setX (x);
-
-    // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word.
-    if ((QChar (_image[i].character) == '@')
-	&& ((endSel.x () - bgnSel.x ()) > 0))
-      endSel.setX (x - 1);
-
-
-    _actSel = 2;		// within selection
-
-    _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd (endSel.x (), endSel.y ());
-
-    setSelection (_screenWindow->selectedText (_preserveLineBreaks));
-  }
-
-  _possibleTripleClick = true;
-
-  QTimer::singleShot (QApplication::doubleClickInterval (), this,
-		      SLOT (tripleClickTimeout ()));
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::wheelEvent (QWheelEvent * ev)
-{
-  if (ev->orientation () != Qt::Vertical)
-    return;
-
-  // if the terminal program is not interested mouse events
-  // then send the event to the scrollbar if the slider has room to move
-  // or otherwise send simulated up / down key presses to the terminal program
-  // for the benefit of programs such as 'less'
-  if (_mouseMarks)
-    {
-      bool canScroll = _scrollBar->maximum () > 0;
-      if (canScroll)
-	_scrollBar->event (ev);
-      else
-	{
-	  // assume that each Up / Down key event will cause the terminal application
-	  // to scroll by one line.
-	  //
-	  // to get a reasonable scrolling speed, scroll by one line for every 5 degrees
-	  // of mouse wheel rotation.  Mouse wheels typically move in steps of 15 degrees,
-	  // giving a scroll of 3 lines
-	  int key = ev->delta () > 0 ? Qt::Key_Up : Qt::Key_Down;
-
-	  // QWheelEvent::delta() gives rotation in eighths of a degree
-	  int wheelDegrees = ev->delta () / 8;
-	  int linesToScroll = abs (wheelDegrees) / 5;
-
-	  QKeyEvent keyScrollEvent (QEvent::KeyPress, key, Qt::NoModifier);
-
-	  for (int i = 0; i < linesToScroll; i++)
-	    emit keyPressedSignal (&keyScrollEvent);
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      // terminal program wants notification of mouse activity
-
-      int charLine;
-      int charColumn;
-      getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-
-      emit mouseSignal (ev->delta () > 0 ? 4 : 5,
-			charColumn + 1,
-			charLine + 1 + _scrollBar->value () -
-			_scrollBar->maximum (), 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::tripleClickTimeout ()
-{
-  _possibleTripleClick = false;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::mouseTripleClickEvent (QMouseEvent * ev)
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  int charLine;
-  int charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition (ev->pos (), charLine, charColumn);
-  _iPntSel = QPoint (charColumn, charLine);
-
-  _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-
-  _lineSelectionMode = true;
-  _wordSelectionMode = false;
-
-  _actSel = 2;			// within selection
-  emit isBusySelecting (true);	// Keep it steady...
-
-  while (_iPntSel.y () > 0
-	 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y () - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))
-    _iPntSel.ry ()--;
-
-  if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor)
-    {
-      // find word boundary start
-      int i = loc (_iPntSel.x (), _iPntSel.y ());
-      QChar selClass = charClass (_image[i].character);
-      int x = _iPntSel.x ();
-
-      while (((x > 0) ||
-	      (_iPntSel.y () > 0
-	       && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y () - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)))
-	     && charClass (_image[i - 1].character) == selClass)
-	{
-	  i--;
-	  if (x > 0)
-	    x--;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      x = _columns - 1;
-	      _iPntSel.ry ()--;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      _screenWindow->setSelectionStart (x, _iPntSel.y (), false);
-      _tripleSelBegin = QPoint (x, _iPntSel.y ());
-    }
-  else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine)
-    {
-      _screenWindow->setSelectionStart (0, _iPntSel.y (), false);
-      _tripleSelBegin = QPoint (0, _iPntSel.y ());
-    }
-
-  while (_iPntSel.y () < _lines - 1
-	 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y ()] & LINE_WRAPPED))
-    _iPntSel.ry ()++;
-
-  _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd (_columns - 1, _iPntSel.y ());
-
-  setSelection (_screenWindow->selectedText (_preserveLineBreaks));
-
-  _iPntSel.ry () += _scrollBar->value ();
-}
-
-
-bool
-TerminalDisplay::focusNextPrevChild (bool next)
-{
-  if (next)
-    return false;		// This disables changing the active part in konqueror
-  // when pressing Tab
-  return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild (next);
-}
-
-
-QChar
-TerminalDisplay::charClass (QChar qch) const
-{
-  if (qch.isSpace ())
-    return ' ';
-
-  if (qch.isLetterOrNumber ()
-      || _wordCharacters.contains (qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive))
-    return 'a';
-
-  return qch;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setWordCharacters (const QString & wc)
-{
-  _wordCharacters = wc;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setUsesMouse (bool on)
-{
-  _mouseMarks = on;
-  setCursor (_mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor);
-}
-
-bool
-TerminalDisplay::usesMouse () const
-{
-  return _mouseMarks;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                               Clipboard                                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#undef KeyPress
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::emitSelection (bool useXselection, bool appendReturn)
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events
-  QString text =
-    QApplication::clipboard ()->
-    text (useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection : QClipboard::Clipboard);
-  if (appendReturn)
-    text.append ("\r");
-  if (!text.isEmpty ())
-    {
-      text.replace ('\n', '\r');
-      QKeyEvent e (QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text);
-      emit keyPressedSignal (&e);	// expose as a big fat keypress event
-
-      _screenWindow->clearSelection ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setSelection (const QString & t)
-{
-  QApplication::clipboard ()->setText (t, QClipboard::Selection);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::copyClipboard ()
-{
-  if (!_screenWindow)
-    return;
-
-  QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText (_preserveLineBreaks);
-  if (!text.isEmpty ())
-    QApplication::clipboard ()->setText (text);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::pasteClipboard ()
-{
-  emitSelection (false, false);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::pasteSelection ()
-{
-  emitSelection (true, false);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Keyboard                                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setFlowControlWarningEnabled (bool enable)
-{
-  _flowControlWarningEnabled = enable;
-
-  // if the dialog is currently visible and the flow control warning has 
-  // been disabled then hide the dialog
-  if (!enable)
-    outputSuspended (false);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * event)
-{
-  bool emitKeyPressSignal = true;
-
-  if (event->modifiers () == Qt::ControlModifier)
-    {
-      switch (event->key ())
-	{
-	case Qt::Key_C:
-	  copyClipboard ();
-	  break;
-	case Qt::Key_V:
-	  pasteClipboard ();
-	  break;
-	};
-    }
-  else if (event->modifiers () == Qt::ShiftModifier)
-    {
-      bool update = true;
-
-      if (event->key () == Qt::Key_PageUp)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollPages, -1);
-	}
-      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_PageDown)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollPages, 1);
-	}
-      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Up)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollLines, -1);
-	}
-      else if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Down)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->scrollBy (ScreenWindow::ScrollLines, 1);
-	}
-      else
-	update = false;
-
-      if (update)
-	{
-	  _screenWindow->setTrackOutput (_screenWindow->atEndOfOutput ());
-
-	  updateLineProperties ();
-	  updateImage ();
-
-	  // do not send key press to terminal
-	  emitKeyPressSignal = false;
-	}
-    }
-
-  _actSel = 0;			// Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't
-  // know where the current selection is.
-
-  if (_hasBlinkingCursor)
-    {
-      _blinkCursorTimer->start (QApplication::cursorFlashTime () / 2);
-      if (_cursorBlinking)
-	blinkCursorEvent ();
-      else
-	_cursorBlinking = false;
-    }
-
-  if (emitKeyPressSignal)
-    emit keyPressedSignal (event);
-
-  event->accept ();
-  _scrollBar->setValue (_scrollBar->maximum ());
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::inputMethodEvent (QInputMethodEvent * event)
-{
-  QKeyEvent keyEvent (QEvent::KeyPress, 0,
-		      (Qt::KeyboardModifiers) Qt::NoModifier,
-		      event->commitString ());
-  emit keyPressedSignal (&keyEvent);
-
-  _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString ();
-  update (preeditRect () | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect);
-
-  event->accept ();
-}
-
-QVariant
-TerminalDisplay::inputMethodQuery (Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const
-{
-  const QPoint cursorPos =
-    _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition () : QPoint (0, 0);
-  switch (query)
-    {
-    case Qt::ImMicroFocus:
-      return imageToWidget (QRect (cursorPos.x (), cursorPos.y (), 1, 1));
-      break;
-    case Qt::ImFont:
-      return font ();
-      break;
-    case Qt::ImCursorPosition:
-      // return the cursor position within the current line
-      return cursorPos.x ();
-      break;
-    case Qt::ImSurroundingText:
-      {
-	// return the text from the current line
-	QString lineText;
-	QTextStream stream (&lineText);
-	PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-	decoder.begin (&stream);
-	decoder.decodeLine (&_image[loc (0, cursorPos.y ())], _usedColumns,
-			    _lineProperties[cursorPos.y ()]);
-	decoder.end ();
-	return lineText;
-      }
-      break;
-    case Qt::ImCurrentSelection:
-      return QString ();
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  return QVariant ();
-}
-
-bool
-TerminalDisplay::handleShortcutOverrideEvent (QKeyEvent * keyEvent)
-{
-  int modifiers = keyEvent->modifiers ();
-
-  //  When a possible shortcut combination is pressed, 
-  //  emit the overrideShortcutCheck() signal to allow the host
-  //  to decide whether the terminal should override it or not.
-  if (modifiers != Qt::NoModifier)
-    {
-      int modifierCount = 0;
-      unsigned int currentModifier = Qt::ShiftModifier;
-
-      while (currentModifier <= Qt::KeypadModifier)
-	{
-	  if (modifiers & currentModifier)
-	    modifierCount++;
-	  currentModifier <<= 1;
-	}
-      if (modifierCount < 2)
-	{
-	  bool override = false;
-	  emit overrideShortcutCheck (keyEvent, override);
-	  if (override)
-	    {
-	      keyEvent->accept ();
-	      return true;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  // Override any of the following shortcuts because
-  // they are needed by the terminal
-  int keyCode = keyEvent->key () | modifiers;
-  switch (keyCode)
-    {
-      // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code
-    case Qt::Key_Tab:
-    case Qt::Key_Delete:
-    case Qt::Key_Home:
-    case Qt::Key_End:
-    case Qt::Key_Backspace:
-    case Qt::Key_Left:
-    case Qt::Key_Right:
-      keyEvent->accept ();
-      return true;
-    }
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool
-TerminalDisplay::event (QEvent * event)
-{
-  bool eventHandled = false;
-  switch (event->type ())
-    {
-    case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
-      eventHandled = handleShortcutOverrideEvent ((QKeyEvent *) event);
-      break;
-    case QEvent::PaletteChange:
-    case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange:
-      _scrollBar->setPalette (QApplication::palette ());
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-  return eventHandled ? true : QWidget::event (event);
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setBellMode (int mode)
-{
-  _bellMode = mode;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::enableBell ()
-{
-  _allowBell = true;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::bell (const QString & message)
-{
-  Q_UNUSED (message);
-  if (_bellMode == NoBell)
-    return;
-
-  //limit the rate at which bells can occur
-  //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence
-  //produce a horrible noise
-  if (_allowBell)
-    {
-      _allowBell = false;
-      QTimer::singleShot (500, this, SLOT (enableBell ()));
-
-      if (_bellMode == SystemBeepBell)
-	{
-	  // TODO: This will need added back in at some point
-	  //KNotification::beep();
-	}
-      else if (_bellMode == NotifyBell)
-	{
-	  // TODO: This will need added back in at some point
-	  //KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this);
-	}
-      else if (_bellMode == VisualBell)
-	{
-	  swapColorTable ();
-	  QTimer::singleShot (200, this, SLOT (swapColorTable ()));
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::swapColorTable ()
-{
-  ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1];
-  _colorTable[1] = _colorTable[0];
-  _colorTable[0] = color;
-  _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted;
-  update ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::clearImage ()
-{
-  // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage()
-  for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++)
-    {
-      _image[i].character = ' ';
-      _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-						  DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-      _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-						  DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-      _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::calcGeometry ()
-{
-  _scrollBar->resize (_scrollBar->sizeHint ().width (),
-		      contentsRect ().height ());
-  switch (_scrollbarLocation)
-    {
-    case NoScrollBar:
-      _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-      _contentWidth = contentsRect ().width () - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-      break;
-    case ScrollBarLeft:
-      _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width ();
-      _contentWidth =
-	contentsRect ().width () - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN -
-	_scrollBar->width ();
-      _scrollBar->move (contentsRect ().topLeft ());
-      break;
-    case ScrollBarRight:
-      _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-      _contentWidth =
-	contentsRect ().width () - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN -
-	_scrollBar->width ();
-      _scrollBar->move (contentsRect ().topRight () -
-			QPoint (_scrollBar->width () - 1, 0));
-      break;
-    }
-
-  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
-  _contentHeight =
-    contentsRect ().height () - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1;
-
-  if (!_isFixedSize)
-    {
-      // ensure that display is always at least one column wide
-      _columns = qMax (1, _contentWidth / _fontWidth);
-      _usedColumns = qMin (_usedColumns, _columns);
-
-      // ensure that display is always at least one line high
-      _lines = qMax (1, _contentHeight / _fontHeight);
-      _usedLines = qMin (_usedLines, _lines);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::makeImage ()
-{
-  calcGeometry ();
-
-  // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code
-  // assumes a non-zero array length
-  Q_ASSERT (_lines > 0 && _columns > 0);
-  Q_ASSERT (_usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns);
-
-  _imageSize = _lines * _columns;
-
-  // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with
-  // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position
-  _image = new Character[_imageSize + 1];
-
-  clearImage ();
-}
-
-// calculate the needed size, this must be synced with calcGeometry()
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setSize (int columns, int lines)
-{
-  int scrollBarWidth =
-    _scrollBar->isHidden ()? 0 : _scrollBar->sizeHint ().width ();
-  int horizontalMargin = 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-  int verticalMargin = 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
-
-  QSize newSize =
-    QSize (horizontalMargin + scrollBarWidth + (columns * _fontWidth),
-	   verticalMargin + (lines * _fontHeight));
-
-  if (newSize != size ())
-    {
-      _size = newSize;
-      updateGeometry ();
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setFixedSize (int cols, int lins)
-{
-  _isFixedSize = true;
-
-  //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size
-  _columns = qMax (1, cols);
-  _lines = qMax (1, lins);
-  _usedColumns = qMin (_usedColumns, _columns);
-  _usedLines = qMin (_usedLines, _lines);
-
-  if (_image)
-    {
-      delete[]_image;
-      makeImage ();
-    }
-  setSize (cols, lins);
-  QWidget::setFixedSize (_size);
-}
-
-QSize
-TerminalDisplay::sizeHint () const
-{
-  return _size;
-}
-
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                       */
-/* Drag & Drop                                                           */
-/*                                                                       */
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::dragEnterEvent (QDragEnterEvent * event)
-{
-  if (event->mimeData ()->hasFormat ("text/plain"))
-    event->acceptProposedAction ();
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::dropEvent (QDropEvent * event)
-{
-  QString dropText;
-  if (event->mimeData ()->hasFormat ("text/plain"))
-    {
-      emit sendStringToEmu (dropText.toLocal8Bit ());
-    }
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::doDrag ()
-{
-  dragInfo.state = diDragging;
-  dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag (this);
-  QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
-  mimeData->setText (QApplication::clipboard ()->
-		     text (QClipboard::Selection));
-  dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData (mimeData);
-  dragInfo.dragObject->start (Qt::CopyAction);
-  // Don't delete the QTextDrag object.  Qt will delete it when it's done with it.
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::outputSuspended (bool suspended)
-{
-  //create the label when this function is first called
-  if (!_outputSuspendedLabel)
-    {
-      //This label includes a link to an English language website
-      //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost
-      //all terminal emulators.
-      //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link
-      //can simply be removed.
-      _outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel (QString ("<qt>Output has been "
-						   "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flow_control\">suspended</a>"
-						   " by pressing Ctrl+S."
-						   "  Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"),
-					  this);
-
-      QPalette palette (_outputSuspendedLabel->palette ());
-      //KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette (palette);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground (true);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole (QPalette::Base);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont (QApplication::font ());
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setContentsMargins (5, 5, 5, 5);
-
-      //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->
-	setTextInteractionFlags (Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | Qt::
-				 LinksAccessibleByKeyboard);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks (true);
-      _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible (false);
-
-      _gridLayout->addWidget (_outputSuspendedLabel);
-      _gridLayout->addItem (new QSpacerItem (0, 0, QSizePolicy::Expanding,
-					     QSizePolicy::Expanding), 1, 0);
-
-    }
-
-  _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible (suspended);
-}
-
-uint
-TerminalDisplay::lineSpacing () const
-{
-  return _lineSpacing;
-}
-
-void
-TerminalDisplay::setLineSpacing (uint i)
-{
-  _lineSpacing = i;
-  setVTFont (font ());		// Trigger an update.
-}
-
-AutoScrollHandler::AutoScrollHandler (QWidget * parent):QObject (parent),
-_timerId (0)
-{
-  //parent->installEventFilter(this);
-}
-
-void
-AutoScrollHandler::timerEvent (QTimerEvent * event)
-{
-  if (event->timerId () != _timerId)
-    return;
-
-  QMouseEvent mouseEvent (QEvent::MouseMove,
-			  widget ()->mapFromGlobal (QCursor::pos ()),
-			  Qt::NoButton, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::NoModifier);
-
-  QApplication::sendEvent (widget (), &mouseEvent);
-}
-
-bool
-AutoScrollHandler::eventFilter (QObject * watched, QEvent * event)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT (watched == parent ());
-  Q_UNUSED (watched);
-
-  QMouseEvent *mouseEvent = (QMouseEvent *) event;
-  switch (event->type ())
-    {
-    case QEvent::MouseMove:
-      {
-	bool mouseInWidget = widget ()->rect ().contains (mouseEvent->pos ());
-
-	if (mouseInWidget)
-	  {
-	    if (_timerId)
-	      killTimer (_timerId);
-	    _timerId = 0;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    if (!_timerId && (mouseEvent->buttons () & Qt::LeftButton))
-	      _timerId = startTimer (100);
-	  }
-	break;
-      }
-    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
-      if (_timerId && (mouseEvent->buttons () & ~Qt::LeftButton))
-	{
-	  killTimer (_timerId);
-	  _timerId = 0;
-	}
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-    };
-
-  return false;
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/TerminalDisplay.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,849 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TERMINALDISPLAY_H
-#define TERMINALDISPLAY_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QColor>
-#include <QtCore/QPointer>
-#include <QtGui/QWidget>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Filter.h"
-#include "Character.h"
-
-class QDrag;
-class QDragEnterEvent;
-class QDropEvent;
-class QLabel;
-class QTimer;
-class QEvent;
-class QGridLayout;
-class QKeyEvent;
-class QScrollBar;
-class QShowEvent;
-class QHideEvent;
-class QTimerEvent;
-class QWidget;
-
-extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
-
-class ScreenWindow;
-
-/**
- * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity
- * to the terminal.
- *
- * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, 
- * it will update the display by calling updateImage().
- *
- * TODO More documentation
- */
-class TerminalDisplay:public QWidget
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-    /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */
-  TerminalDisplay (QWidget * parent = 0);
-  virtual ~ TerminalDisplay ();
-
-    /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */
-  const ColorEntry *colorTable () const;
-    /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */
-  void setColorTable (const ColorEntry table[]);
-    /**
-     * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display
-     * (in color schemes that support them).
-     */
-  void setRandomSeed (uint seed);
-    /**
-     * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display
-     * (in color schemes that support them).
-     */
-  uint randomSeed () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget.
-     */
-  enum ScrollBarPosition
-  {
-	/** Do not show the scroll bar. */
-    NoScrollBar = 0,
-	/** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */
-    ScrollBarLeft = 1,
-	/** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */
-    ScrollBarRight = 2
-  };
-    /** 
-     * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it
-     * is shown on the left or right side of the display.
-     */
-  void setScrollBarPosition (ScrollBarPosition position);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar.
-     *
-     * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb.
-     * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar.
-     */
-  void setScroll (int cursor, int lines);
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the display's filter chain.  When the image for the display is updated,
-     * the text is passed through each filter in the chain.  Each filter can define
-     * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words).
-     * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() )
-     * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent
-     * rectangles for markers.
-     *
-     * To add a new filter to the view, call:
-     *      viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject );
-     */
-  FilterChain *filterChain () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain.  This will cause
-     * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image.
-     *
-     * WARNING:  This function can be expensive depending on the 
-     * image size and number of filters in the filterChain()
-     *
-     * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage.  Revise it so
-     * that the processing can be done in a better way.
-     *
-     * eg:
-     *      - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering
-     *      over an area )
-     */
-  void processFilters ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content
-     * at the given @p position.
-     */
-    QList < QAction * >filterActions (const QPoint & position);
-
-    /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */
-  bool blinkingCursor ()
-  {
-    return _hasBlinkingCursor;
-  }
-    /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */
-  void setBlinkingCursor (bool blink);
-
-    /** Specifies whether or not text can blink. */
-  void setBlinkingTextEnabled (bool blink);
-
-  void setCtrlDrag (bool enable)
-  {
-    _ctrlDrag = enable;
-  }
-  bool ctrlDrag ()
-  {
-    return _ctrlDrag;
-  }
-
-    /** 
-     *  This enum describes the methods for selecting text when
-      *  the user triple-clicks within the display. 
-      */
-  enum TripleClickMode
-  {
-	/** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */
-    SelectWholeLine,
-	/** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
-    SelectForwardsFromCursor
-  };
-    /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */
-  void setTripleClickMode (TripleClickMode mode)
-  {
-    _tripleClickMode = mode;
-  }
-    /** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */
-  TripleClickMode tripleClickMode ()
-  {
-    return _tripleClickMode;
-  }
-
-  void setLineSpacing (uint);
-  uint lineSpacing () const;
-
-  void emitSelection (bool useXselection, bool appendReturn);
-
-    /**
-     * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor.
-     * See setKeyboardCursorShape()
-     */
-  enum KeyboardCursorShape
-  {
-	/** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */
-    BlockCursor,
-	/** 
-         * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor
-         * character's area.
-         */
-    UnderlineCursor,
-	/** 
-         * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam 
-         * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors.
-         */
-    IBeamCursor
-  };
-    /** 
-     * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor.  This is the cursor drawn   
-     * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear.
-     *
-     * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for 
-     * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor()
-     * method.
-     *
-     * Defaults to BlockCursor
-     */
-  void setKeyboardCursorShape (KeyboardCursorShape shape);
-    /**
-     * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor.  See setKeyboardCursorShape()
-     */
-  KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget.
-     *
-     * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font.
-     * See fontHeight()
-     */
-  int lines ()
-  {
-    return _lines;
-  }
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on
-     * each line in the widget.
-     *
-     * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font.
-     * See fontWidth()
-     */
-  int columns ()
-  {
-    return _columns;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display.
-     */
-  int fontHeight ()
-  {
-    return _fontHeight;
-  }
-    /**
-     * Returns the width of the characters in the display.  
-     * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font.
-     */
-  int fontWidth ()
-  {
-    return _fontWidth;
-  }
-
-  void setSize (int cols, int lins);
-  void setFixedSize (int cols, int lins);
-
-  // reimplemented
-  QSize sizeHint () const;
-
-    /**
-     * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, 
-     * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes
-     * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them.
-     *
-     * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which
-     * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc
-     *
-     * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts
-     * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ).
-     */
-  void setWordCharacters (const QString & wc);
-    /** 
-     * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the 
-     * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse.
-     *
-     * @see setWordCharacters()
-     */
-  QString wordCharacters ()
-  {
-    return _wordCharacters;
-  }
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the 
-     * terminal session.
-     *
-     * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with
-     * the alert message.
-     */
-  void setBellMode (int mode);
-    /** 
-     * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in
-     * the terminal session.
-     * 
-     * See setBellMode()
-     */
-  int bellMode ()
-  {
-    return _bellMode;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which
-     * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal
-     * session.
-     */
-  enum BellMode
-  {
-	/** A system beep. */
-    SystemBeepBell = 0,
-	/** 
-         * KDE notification.  This may play a sound, show a passive popup
-         * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings.
-         */
-    NotifyBell = 1,
-	/** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */
-    VisualBell = 2,
-	/** No bell effects */
-    NoBell = 3
-  };
-
-  void setSelection (const QString & t);
-
-    /** 
-     * Reimplemented.  Has no effect.  Use setVTFont() to change the font
-     * used to draw characters in the display.
-     */
-  virtual void setFont (const QFont &);
-
-    /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */
-  QFont getVTFont ()
-  {
-    return font ();
-  }
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the font used to draw the display.  Has no effect if @p font
-     * is larger than the size of the display itself.    
-     */
-  void setVTFont (const QFont & font);
-
-    /**
-     * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display
-     * is enabled or not.  Defaults to enabled.
-     */
-  static void setAntialias (bool antialias)
-  {
-    _antialiasText = antialias;
-  }
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled.
-     */
-  static bool antialias ()
-  {
-    return _antialiasText;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * Specifies whether characters with intense colors should be rendered
-     * as bold. Defaults to true.
-     */
-  void setBoldIntense (bool value)
-  {
-    _boldIntense = value;
-  }
-    /**
-     * Returns true if characters with intense colors are rendered in bold.
-     */
-  bool getBoldIntense ()
-  {
-    return _boldIntense;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the 
-     * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
-     * is being resized.
-     */
-  void setTerminalSizeHint (bool on)
-  {
-    _terminalSizeHint = on;
-  }
-    /** 
-     * Returns whether or not the current height and width of
-     * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
-     * is being resized.
-     */
-  bool terminalSizeHint ()
-  {
-    return _terminalSizeHint;
-  }
-    /** 
-     * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly
-     * after the widget is first shown.
-     *
-     * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint()
-     */
-  void setTerminalSizeStartup (bool on)
-  {
-    _terminalSizeStartup = on;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the status of the BiDi rendering inside the terminal display.
-     * Defaults to disabled.
-     */
-  void setBidiEnabled (bool set)
-  {
-    _bidiEnabled = set;
-  }
-    /**
-     * Returns the status of the BiDi rendering in this widget.
-     */
-  bool isBidiEnabled ()
-  {
-    return _bidiEnabled;
-  }
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.
-     * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the
-     * the associated terminal screen window.
-     *
-     * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered
-     * by the TerminalDisplay.
-     */
-  void setScreenWindow (ScreenWindow * window);
-    /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.  See setScreenWindow() */
-  ScreenWindow *screenWindow () const;
-
-  static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY;
-
-  public slots:
-    /** 
-     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated
-     * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display.
-     */
-  void updateImage ();
-    /**
-     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the 
-     * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ).  
-     */
-  void updateLineProperties ();
-
-    /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */
-  void copyClipboard ();
-    /** 
-     * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the 
-     * display.
-     */
-  void pasteClipboard ();
-    /**
-     * Pastes the content of the selection into the
-     * display.
-     */
-  void pasteSelection ();
-
-    /** 
-       * Changes whether the flow control warning box should be shown when the flow control
-       * stop key (Ctrl+S) are pressed.
-       */
-  void setFlowControlWarningEnabled (bool enabled);
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if the flow control warning box is enabled. 
-     * See outputSuspended() and setFlowControlWarningEnabled()
-     */
-  bool flowControlWarningEnabled () const
-  {
-    return _flowControlWarningEnabled;
-  }
-
-    /** 
-     * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal
-     * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S)
-     *
-     * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should
-     *                     be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that
-     *                     the warning message should disappear.
-     */
-  void outputSuspended (bool suspended);
-
-    /**
-     * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view
-     * is interested in mouse events.
-     *
-     * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags
-     * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view.
-     * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required
-     * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the 
-     * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse
-     * events itself.
-     *
-     * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events
-     * or false otherwise.
-     */
-  void setUsesMouse (bool usesMouse);
-
-    /** See setUsesMouse() */
-  bool usesMouse () const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal.
-     * TODO: More documentation here
-     */
-  void bell (const QString & message);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the background of the display to the specified color. 
-     * @see setColorTable(), setForegroundColor() 
-     */
-  void setBackgroundColor (const QColor & color);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the text of the display to the specified color. 
-     * @see setColorTable(), setBackgroundColor()
-     */
-  void setForegroundColor (const QColor & color);
-
-signals:
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus.
-     */
-  void keyPressedSignal (QKeyEvent * e);
-
-    /** 
-     * A mouse event occurred.
-     * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release)
-     * @param column The character column where the event occurred
-     * @param line The character row where the event occurred
-     * @param eventType The type of event.  0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion
-     */
-  void mouseSignal (int button, int column, int line, int eventType);
-  void changedFontMetricSignal (int height, int width);
-  void changedContentSizeSignal (int height, int width);
-
-    /** 
-     * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift
-     * key held down if usesMouse() is true.
-     *
-     * This can be used to display a context menu.
-     */
-  void configureRequest (const QPoint & position);
-
-    /**
-     * When a shortcut which is also a valid terminal key sequence is pressed while 
-     * the terminal widget  has focus, this signal is emitted to allow the host to decide 
-     * whether the shortcut should be overridden.  
-     * When the shortcut is overridden, the key sequence will be sent to the terminal emulation instead
-     * and the action associated with the shortcut will not be triggered.
-     *
-     * @p override is set to false by default and the shortcut will be triggered as normal.
-     */
-  void overrideShortcutCheck (QKeyEvent * keyEvent, bool & override);
-
-  void isBusySelecting (bool);
-  void sendStringToEmu (const char *);
-
-protected:
-  virtual bool event (QEvent *);
-
-  virtual void paintEvent (QPaintEvent *);
-
-  virtual void showEvent (QShowEvent *);
-  virtual void hideEvent (QHideEvent *);
-  virtual void resizeEvent (QResizeEvent *);
-
-  virtual void fontChange (const QFont & font);
-  virtual void focusInEvent (QFocusEvent * event);
-  virtual void focusOutEvent (QFocusEvent * event);
-  virtual void keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * event);
-  virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent (QMouseEvent * ev);
-  virtual void mousePressEvent (QMouseEvent *);
-  virtual void mouseReleaseEvent (QMouseEvent *);
-  virtual void mouseMoveEvent (QMouseEvent *);
-  virtual void extendSelection (const QPoint & pos);
-  virtual void wheelEvent (QWheelEvent *);
-
-  virtual bool focusNextPrevChild (bool next);
-
-  // drag and drop
-  virtual void dragEnterEvent (QDragEnterEvent * event);
-  virtual void dropEvent (QDropEvent * event);
-  void doDrag ();
-  enum DragState
-  { diNone, diPending, diDragging };
-
-  struct _dragInfo
-  {
-    DragState state;
-    QPoint start;
-    QDrag *dragObject;
-  } dragInfo;
-
-  // classifies the 'ch' into one of three categories
-  // and returns a character to indicate which category it is in
-  //
-  //     - A space (returns ' ') 
-  //     - Part of a word (returns 'a')
-  //     - Other characters (returns the input character)
-  QChar charClass (QChar ch) const;
-
-  void clearImage ();
-
-  void mouseTripleClickEvent (QMouseEvent * ev);
-
-  // reimplemented
-  virtual void inputMethodEvent (QInputMethodEvent * event);
-  virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery (Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const;
-
-  protected slots:void scrollBarPositionChanged (int value);
-  void blinkEvent ();
-  void blinkCursorEvent ();
-
-  //Renables bell noises and visuals.  Used to disable further bells for a short period of time
-  //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events.
-  void enableBell ();
-
-  private slots:void swapColorTable ();
-  void tripleClickTimeout ();	// resets possibleTripleClick
-
-private:
-
-  // -- Drawing helpers --
-
-  // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into
-  // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls
-  // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments 
-  void drawContents (QPainter & paint, const QRect & rect);
-  // draws a section of text, all the text in this section
-  // has a common color and style
-  void drawTextFragment (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect,
-			 const QString & text, const Character * style);
-  // draws the background for a text fragment
-  // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to
-  // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background
-  // will be drawn fully opaque
-  void drawBackground (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect,
-		       const QColor & color, bool useOpacitySetting);
-  // draws the cursor character
-  void drawCursor (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect,
-		   const QColor & foregroundColor,
-		   const QColor & backgroundColor, bool & invertColors);
-  // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment
-  void drawCharacters (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect,
-		       const QString & text, const Character * style,
-		       bool invertCharacterColor);
-
-  // draws the preedit string for input methods
-  void drawInputMethodPreeditString (QPainter & painter, const QRect & rect);
-
-  // --
-
-  // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget 
-  QRect imageToWidget (const QRect & imageArea) const;
-
-  // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) 
-  // of the character at that point.
-  void getCharacterPosition (const QPoint & widgetPoint, int &line,
-			     int &column) const;
-
-  // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw
-  QRect preeditRect () const;
-
-  // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's
-  // current size in columns and lines
-  void showResizeNotification ();
-
-  // scrolls the image by a number of lines.  
-  // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) 
-  // or negative ( to scroll the image up )
-  // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only
-  // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account,
-  // the left and right are ignored.
-  void scrollImage (int lines, const QRect & region);
-
-  void calcGeometry ();
-  void propagateSize ();
-  void updateImageSize ();
-  void makeImage ();
-
-  void paintFilters (QPainter & painter);
-
-  // returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain
-  // a hotspot
-  QRegion hotSpotRegion () const;
-
-  // returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines
-  QPoint cursorPosition () const;
-
-  // redraws the cursor
-  void updateCursor ();
-
-  bool handleShortcutOverrideEvent (QKeyEvent * event);
-
-  // the window onto the terminal screen which this display
-  // is currently showing.  
-  QPointer < ScreenWindow > _screenWindow;
-
-  bool _allowBell;
-
-  QGridLayout *_gridLayout;
-
-  bool _fixedFont;		// has fixed pitch
-  int _fontHeight;		// height
-  int _fontWidth;		// width
-  int _fontAscent;		// ascend
-  bool _boldIntense;		// Whether intense colors should be rendered with bold font
-
-  int _leftMargin;		// offset
-  int _topMargin;		// offset
-
-  int _lines;			// the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget
-  int _columns;			// the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget
-
-  int _usedLines;		// the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less
-  // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
-  // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
-
-  int _usedColumns;		// the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less
-  // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
-  // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
-
-  int _contentHeight;
-  int _contentWidth;
-  Character *_image;		// [lines][columns]
-  // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data
-
-  int _imageSize;
-  QVector < LineProperty > _lineProperties;
-
-  ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS];
-  uint _randomSeed;
-
-  bool _resizing;
-  bool _terminalSizeHint;
-  bool _terminalSizeStartup;
-  bool _bidiEnabled;
-  bool _mouseMarks;
-
-  QPoint _iPntSel;		// initial selection point
-  QPoint _pntSel;		// current selection point
-  QPoint _tripleSelBegin;	// help avoid flicker
-  int _actSel;			// selection state
-  bool _wordSelectionMode;
-  bool _lineSelectionMode;
-  bool _preserveLineBreaks;
-  bool _columnSelectionMode;
-
-  QClipboard *_clipboard;
-  QScrollBar *_scrollBar;
-  ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation;
-  QString _wordCharacters;
-  int _bellMode;
-
-  bool _blinking;		// hide text in paintEvent
-  bool _hasBlinker;		// has characters to blink
-  bool _cursorBlinking;		// hide cursor in paintEvent
-  bool _hasBlinkingCursor;	// has blinking cursor enabled
-  bool _allowBlinkingText;	// allow text to blink
-  bool _ctrlDrag;		// require Ctrl key for drag
-  TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode;
-  bool _isFixedSize;		//Columns / lines are locked.
-  QTimer *_blinkTimer;		// active when hasBlinker
-  QTimer *_blinkCursorTimer;	// active when hasBlinkingCursor
-
-  QString _dropText;
-  int _dndFileCount;
-
-  bool _possibleTripleClick;	// is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted
-  // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay
-
-
-  QLabel *_resizeWidget;
-  QTimer *_resizeTimer;
-
-  bool _flowControlWarningEnabled;
-
-  //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend
-  //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output
-  QLabel *_outputSuspendedLabel;
-
-  uint _lineSpacing;
-
-  bool _colorsInverted;		// true during visual bell
-
-  QSize _size;
-
-  QRgb _blendColor;
-
-  // list of filters currently applied to the display.  used for links and
-  // search highlight
-  TerminalImageFilterChain *_filterChain;
-  QRegion _mouseOverHotspotArea;
-
-  KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape;
-
-  // custom cursor color.  if this is invalid then the foreground
-  // color of the character under the cursor is used
-  QColor _cursorColor;
-
-
-  struct InputMethodData
-  {
-    QString preeditString;
-    QRect previousPreeditRect;
-  };
-  InputMethodData _inputMethodData;
-
-  static bool _antialiasText;	// do we antialias or not
-
-  //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text
-  static const int TEXT_BLINK_DELAY = 500;
-  static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1;
-  static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1;
-
-public:
-  static void setTransparencyEnabled (bool enable)
-  {
-    HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable;
-  }
-};
-
-class AutoScrollHandler:public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-  AutoScrollHandler (QWidget * parent);
-protected:
-  virtual void timerEvent (QTimerEvent * event);
-  virtual bool eventFilter (QObject * watched, QEvent * event);
-private:
-    QWidget * widget () const
-  {
-    return static_cast < QWidget * >(parent ());
-  }
-  int _timerId;
-};
-
-
-#endif // TERMINALDISPLAY_H
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1790 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robert.knight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
-
-
-// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions
-// even though it might be available on a particular system.
-#if defined(AVOID_XKB)
-#undef HAVE_XKB
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_XKB)
-void scrolllock_set_off ();
-void scrolllock_set_on ();
-#endif
-
-// Standard 
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QEvent>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QByteRef>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation ():Emulation (),
-_titleUpdateTimer (new QTimer (this))
-{
-  _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot (true);
-  QObject::connect (_titleUpdateTimer, SIGNAL (timeout ()), this,
-		    SLOT (updateTitle ()));
-
-  initTokenizer ();
-  reset ();
-}
-
-Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation ()
-{
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen ()
-{
-  _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ();
-  bufferedUpdate ();
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reset ()
-{
-  resetTokenizer ();
-  resetModes ();
-  resetCharset (0);
-  _screen[0]->reset ();
-  resetCharset (1);
-  _screen[1]->reset ();
-  setCodec (LocaleCodec);
-
-  bufferedUpdate ();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                     Processing the incoming byte stream                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline
-
-   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
-   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
-   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
-   `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself.
-
-   The pipeline proceeds as follows:
-
-   - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar)
-   - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset)
-   - Interpretation of ESC codes (processToken)
-
-   The escape codes and their meaning are described in the
-   technical reference of this program.
-*/
-
-// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ --
-
-/*
-   Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them
-   in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the
-   terminals operations as byte sequences.
-
-   They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later
-   switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional
-   argument variables are filled with parameter values.
-
-   The tokens are defined below:
-
-   - CHR        - Printable characters     (32..255 but DEL (=127))
-   - CTL        - Control characters       (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL)
-   - ESC        - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'>
-   - ESC_DE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C
-   - CSI_PN     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' {Pn} C
-   - CSI_PS     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - CSI_PR     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - CSI_PE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - VT52       - VT52 escape codes
-                  - <ESC><Chr>
-                  - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc}
-   - XTE_HA     - Xterm window/terminal attribute commands 
-                  of the form <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL>
-                  (Note that these are handled differently to the other formats)
-
-   The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of
-   the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed
-   as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the
-   meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers),
-   they are includes within the token ('N').
-
-*/
-
-#define TY_CONSTRUCT(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) )
-
-#define TY_CHR(   )     TY_CONSTRUCT(0,0,0)
-#define TY_CTL(A  )     TY_CONSTRUCT(1,A,0)
-#define TY_ESC(A  )     TY_CONSTRUCT(2,A,0)
-#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B)  TY_CONSTRUCT(3,A,B)
-#define TY_ESC_DE(A  )  TY_CONSTRUCT(4,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N)  TY_CONSTRUCT(5,A,N)
-#define TY_CSI_PN(A  )  TY_CONSTRUCT(6,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N)  TY_CONSTRUCT(7,A,N)
-
-#define TY_VT52(A)    TY_CONSTRUCT(8,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PG(A)  TY_CONSTRUCT(9,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PE(A)  TY_CONSTRUCT(10,A,0)
-
-#define MAX_ARGUMENT 4096
-
-// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-/* The tokenizer's state
-
-   The state is represented by the buffer (tokenBuffer, tokenBufferPos),
-   and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc).
-   Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer.
-*/
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::resetTokenizer ()
-{
-  tokenBufferPos = 0;
-  argc = 0;
-  argv[0] = 0;
-  argv[1] = 0;
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::addDigit (int digit)
-{
-  if (argv[argc] < MAX_ARGUMENT)
-    argv[argc] = 10 * argv[argc] + digit;
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::addArgument ()
-{
-  argc = qMin (argc + 1, MAXARGS - 1);
-  argv[argc] = 0;
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::addToCurrentToken (int cc)
-{
-  tokenBuffer[tokenBufferPos] = cc;
-  tokenBufferPos = qMin (tokenBufferPos + 1, MAX_TOKEN_LENGTH - 1);
-}
-
-// Character Class flags used while decoding
-
-#define CTL  1			// Control character
-#define CHR  2			// Printable character
-#define CPN  4			// TODO: Document me
-#define DIG  8			// Digit
-#define SCS 16			// TODO: Document me
-#define GRP 32			// TODO: Document me
-#define CPS 64			// Character which indicates end of window resize
-		// escape sequence '\e[8;<row>;<col>t'
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer ()
-{
-  int i;
-  quint8 *s;
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
-    charClass[i] = 0;
-  for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
-    charClass[i] |= CTL;
-  for (i = 32; i < 256; ++i)
-    charClass[i] |= CHR;
-  for (s = (quint8 *) "@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; ++s)
-    charClass[*s] |= CPN;
-  // resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-  for (s = (quint8 *) "t"; *s; ++s)
-    charClass[*s] |= CPS;
-  for (s = (quint8 *) "0123456789"; *s; ++s)
-    charClass[*s] |= DIG;
-  for (s = (quint8 *) "()+*%"; *s; ++s)
-    charClass[*s] |= SCS;
-  for (s = (quint8 *) "()+*#[]%"; *s; ++s)
-    charClass[*s] |= GRP;
-
-  resetTokenizer ();
-}
-
-/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder.
-
-   Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the
-   token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with
-   the current character to form a scanning decision.
-
-   This is done by the following defines.
-
-   - P is the length of the token scanned so far.
-   - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision.
-   - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'charClass').
-   
-   - 'cc' is the current character
-   - 's' is a pointer to the start of the token buffer
-   - 'p' is the current position within the token buffer 
-
-   Note that they need to applied in proper order.
-*/
-
-#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[(L)] == (C))
-#define lun(     ) (p ==  1  && cc >= 32 )
-#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256 && (charClass[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C))
-#define eec(C)     (p >=  3  && cc == (C))
-#define ees(C)     (p >=  3  && cc < 256 && (charClass[cc] & (C)) == (C))
-#define eps(C)     (p >=  3  && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (charClass[cc] & (C)) == (C))
-#define epp( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '?')
-#define epe( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '!')
-#define egt( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '>')
-#define Xpe        (tokenBufferPos >= 2 && tokenBuffer[1] == ']')
-#define Xte        (Xpe      && cc ==  7 )
-#define ces(C)     (cc < 256 && (charClass[cc] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte)
-
-#define ESC 27
-#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@')
-
-// process an incoming unicode character
-void
-Vt102Emulation::receiveChar (int cc)
-{
-  if (cc == 127)
-    return;			//VT100: ignore.
-
-  if (ces (CTL))
-    {
-      // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100
-      // This means, they do neither a resetTokenizer() nor a pushToToken(). Some of them, do
-      // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on
-      // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level.
-      if (cc == CNTL ('X') || cc == CNTL ('Z') || cc == ESC)
-	resetTokenizer ();	//VT100: CAN or SUB
-      if (cc != ESC)
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CTL (cc + '@'), 0, 0);
-	  return;
-	}
-    }
-  // advance the state
-  addToCurrentToken (cc);
-
-  int *s = tokenBuffer;
-  int p = tokenBufferPos;
-
-  if (getMode (MODE_Ansi))
-    {
-      if (lec (1, 0, ESC))
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (1, 0, ESC + 128))
-	{
-	  s[0] = ESC;
-	  receiveChar ('[');
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (les (2, 1, GRP))
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (Xte)
-	{
-	  processWindowAttributeChange ();
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (Xpe)
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (3, 2, '?'))
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (3, 2, '>'))
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (3, 2, '!'))
-	{
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lun ())
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CHR (), applyCharset (cc), 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (2, 0, ESC))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_ESC (s[1]), 0, 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (les (3, 1, SCS))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_ESC_CS (s[1], s[2]), 0, 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (3, 1, '#'))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_ESC_DE (s[2]), 0, 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (eps (CPN))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CSI_PN (cc), argv[0], argv[1]);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-
-      // resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-      if (eps (CPS))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CSI_PS (cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-
-      if (epe ())
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CSI_PE (cc), 0, 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (ees (DIG))
-	{
-	  addDigit (cc - '0');
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (eec (';'))
-	{
-	  addArgument ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      for (int i = 0; i <= argc; i++)
-	{
-	  if (epp ())
-	    processToken (TY_CSI_PR (cc, argv[i]), 0, 0);
-	  else if (egt ())
-	    processToken (TY_CSI_PG (cc), 0, 0);	// spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c
-	  else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4
-		   && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i + 1] == 2)
-	    {
-	      // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m
-	      i += 2;
-	      processToken (TY_CSI_PS (cc, argv[i - 2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB,
-			    (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i + 1] << 8) | argv[i +
-									2]);
-	      i += 2;
-	    }
-	  else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2
-		   && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i + 1] == 5)
-	    {
-	      // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m
-	      i += 2;
-	      processToken (TY_CSI_PS (cc, argv[i - 2]), COLOR_SPACE_256,
-			    argv[i]);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    processToken (TY_CSI_PS (cc, argv[i]), 0, 0);
-	}
-      resetTokenizer ();
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      // VT52 Mode
-      if (lec (1, 0, ESC))
-	return;
-      if (les (1, 0, CHR))
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_CHR (), s[0], 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      if (lec (2, 1, 'Y'))
-	return;
-      if (lec (3, 1, 'Y'))
-	return;
-      if (p < 4)
-	{
-	  processToken (TY_VT52 (s[1]), 0, 0);
-	  resetTokenizer ();
-	  return;
-	}
-      processToken (TY_VT52 (s[1]), s[2], s[3]);
-      resetTokenizer ();
-      return;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::processWindowAttributeChange ()
-{
-  // Describes the window or terminal session attribute to change
-  // See Session::UserTitleChange for possible values
-  int attributeToChange = 0;
-  int i;
-  for (i = 2; i < tokenBufferPos &&
-       tokenBuffer[i] >= '0' && tokenBuffer[i] <= '9'; i++)
-    {
-      attributeToChange = 10 * attributeToChange + (tokenBuffer[i] - '0');
-    }
-
-  if (tokenBuffer[i] != ';')
-    {
-      reportDecodingError ();
-      return;
-    }
-
-  QString newValue;
-  newValue.reserve (tokenBufferPos - i - 2);
-  for (int j = 0; j < tokenBufferPos - i - 2; j++)
-    newValue[j] = tokenBuffer[i + 1 + j];
-
-  _pendingTitleUpdates[attributeToChange] = newValue;
-  _titleUpdateTimer->start (20);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::updateTitle ()
-{
-  QListIterator < int >iter (_pendingTitleUpdates.keys ());
-  while (iter.hasNext ())
-    {
-      int arg = iter.next ();
-      emit titleChanged (arg, _pendingTitleUpdates[arg]);
-    }
-  _pendingTitleUpdates.clear ();
-}
-
-// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized,
-   meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of
-   the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself.
-
-   The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word
-   possibly accompanied by two parameters.
-
-   Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two
-   arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table
-   from the function below.
-
-   The technical reference manual provides more information
-   about this mapping.
-*/
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::processToken (int token, int p, int q)
-{
-  switch (token)
-    {
-
-    case TY_CHR ():
-      _currentScreen->displayCharacter (p);
-      break;			//UTF16
-
-      //             127 DEL    : ignored on input
-
-    case TY_CTL ('@'):		/* NUL: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('A'):		/* SOH: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('B'):		/* STX: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('C'):		/* ETX: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('D'):		/* EOT: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('E'):
-      reportAnswerBack ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('F'):		/* ACK: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('G'):
-      emit stateSet (NOTIFYBELL);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('H'):
-      _currentScreen->backspace ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('I'):
-      _currentScreen->tab ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('J'):
-      _currentScreen->newLine ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('K'):
-      _currentScreen->newLine ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('L'):
-      _currentScreen->newLine ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('M'):
-      _currentScreen->toStartOfLine ();
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CTL ('N'):
-      useCharset (1);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('O'):
-      useCharset (0);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CTL ('P'):		/* DLE: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('Q'):		/* DC1: XON continue                 */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('R'):		/* DC2: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('S'):		/* DC3: XOFF halt                    */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('T'):		/* DC4: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('U'):		/* NAK: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('V'):		/* SYN: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('W'):		/* ETB: ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('X'):
-      _currentScreen->displayCharacter (0x2592);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('Y'):		/* EM : ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('Z'):
-      _currentScreen->displayCharacter (0x2592);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CTL ('['):		/* ESC: cannot be seen here.         */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('\\'):	/* FS : ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL (']'):		/* GS : ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('^'):		/* RS : ignored                      */
-      break;
-    case TY_CTL ('_'):		/* US : ignored                      */
-      break;
-
-    case TY_ESC ('D'):
-      _currentScreen->index ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC ('E'):
-      _currentScreen->nextLine ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC ('H'):
-      _currentScreen->changeTabStop (true);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC ('M'):
-      _currentScreen->reverseIndex ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC ('Z'):
-      reportTerminalType ();
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('c'):
-      reset ();
-      break;
-
-    case TY_ESC ('n'):
-      useCharset (2);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('o'):
-      useCharset (3);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('7'):
-      saveCursor ();
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('8'):
-      restoreCursor ();
-      break;
-
-    case TY_ESC ('='):
-      setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('>'):
-      resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC ('<'):
-      setMode (MODE_Ansi);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('(', '0'):
-      setCharset (0, '0');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('(', 'A'):
-      setCharset (0, 'A');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('(', 'B'):
-      setCharset (0, 'B');
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS (')', '0'):
-      setCharset (1, '0');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS (')', 'A'):
-      setCharset (1, 'A');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS (')', 'B'):
-      setCharset (1, 'B');
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('*', '0'):
-      setCharset (2, '0');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('*', 'A'):
-      setCharset (2, 'A');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('*', 'B'):
-      setCharset (2, 'B');
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('+', '0'):
-      setCharset (3, '0');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('+', 'A'):
-      setCharset (3, 'A');
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('+', 'B'):
-      setCharset (3, 'B');
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('%', 'G'):
-      setCodec (Utf8Codec);
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_ESC_CS ('%', '@'):
-      setCodec (LocaleCodec);
-      break;			//LINUX
-
-    case TY_ESC_DE ('3'):	/* Double height line, top half    */
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH, true);
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT, true);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE ('4'):	/* Double height line, bottom half */
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH, true);
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT, true);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE ('5'):	/* Single width, single height line */
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH, false);
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT, false);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE ('6'):	/* Double width, single height line */
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH, true);
-      _currentScreen->setLineProperty (LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT, false);
-      break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE ('8'):
-      _currentScreen->helpAlign ();
-      break;
-
-// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('t', 8):
-      setImageSize (q /* columns */ , p /* lines */ );
-      break;
-
-// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t  color: 0-16,777,215
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('t', 28):
-      emit changeTabTextColorRequest (p);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('K', 0):
-      _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('K', 1):
-      _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('K', 2):
-      _currentScreen->clearEntireLine ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('J', 0):
-      _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('J', 1):
-      _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('J', 2):
-      _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('J', 3):
-      clearHistory ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('g', 0):
-      _currentScreen->changeTabStop (false);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('g', 3):
-      _currentScreen->clearTabStops ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('h', 4):
-      _currentScreen->setMode (MODE_Insert);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('h', 20):
-      setMode (MODE_NewLine);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('i', 0):	/* IGNORE: attached printer          */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('l', 4):
-      _currentScreen->resetMode (MODE_Insert);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('l', 20):
-      resetMode (MODE_NewLine);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('s', 0):
-      saveCursor ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('u', 0):
-      restoreCursor ();
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 0):
-      _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 1):
-      _currentScreen->setRendition (RE_BOLD);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 4):
-      _currentScreen->setRendition (RE_UNDERLINE);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 5):
-      _currentScreen->setRendition (RE_BLINK);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 7):
-      _currentScreen->setRendition (RE_REVERSE);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 10):	/* IGNORED: mapping related          */
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 11):	/* IGNORED: mapping related          */
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 12):	/* IGNORED: mapping related          */
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 22):
-      _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BOLD);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 24):
-      _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_UNDERLINE);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 25):
-      _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BLINK);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 27):
-      _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_REVERSE);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 30):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 31):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 32):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 33):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 34):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 35):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 36):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 37):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 38):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (p, q);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 39):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 0);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 40):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 41):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 42):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 43):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 44):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 45):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 46):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 47):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 48):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (p, q);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 49):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 1);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 90):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 91):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 92):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 93):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 94):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 95):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 96):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 97):
-      _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 100):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 101):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 102):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 103):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 104):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 105):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 106):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('m', 107):
-      _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15);
-      break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('n', 5):
-      reportStatus ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('n', 6):
-      reportCursorPosition ();
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('q', 0):	/* IGNORED: LEDs off                 */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('q', 1):	/* IGNORED: LED1 on                  */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('q', 2):	/* IGNORED: LED2 on                  */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('q', 3):	/* IGNORED: LED3 on                  */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('q', 4):	/* IGNORED: LED4 on                  */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('x', 0):
-      reportTerminalParms (2);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS ('x', 1):
-      reportTerminalParms (3);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('@'):
-      _currentScreen->insertChars (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('A'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorUp (p);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('B'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorDown (p);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('C'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorRight (p);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('D'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorLeft (p);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('G'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorX (p);
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('H'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('I'):
-      _currentScreen->tab (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('L'):
-      _currentScreen->insertLines (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('M'):
-      _currentScreen->deleteLines (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('P'):
-      _currentScreen->deleteChars (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('S'):
-      _currentScreen->scrollUp (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('T'):
-      _currentScreen->scrollDown (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('X'):
-      _currentScreen->eraseChars (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('Z'):
-      _currentScreen->backtab (p);
-      break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('c'):
-      reportTerminalType ();
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('d'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorY (p);
-      break;			//LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('f'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('r'):
-      setMargins (p, q);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN ('y'):	/* IGNORED: Confidence test          */
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1):
-      setMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1):
-      resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1):
-      saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-      break;			//FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1):
-      restoreMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-      break;			//FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 2):
-      resetMode (MODE_Ansi);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 3):
-      setMode (MODE_132Columns);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 3):
-      resetMode (MODE_132Columns);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 4):	/* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 4):	/* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 5):
-      _currentScreen->setMode (MODE_Screen);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 5):
-      _currentScreen->resetMode (MODE_Screen);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 6):
-      _currentScreen->setMode (MODE_Origin);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 6):
-      _currentScreen->resetMode (MODE_Origin);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 6):
-      _currentScreen->saveMode (MODE_Origin);
-      break;			//FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 6):
-      _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Origin);
-      break;			//FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 7):
-      _currentScreen->setMode (MODE_Wrap);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 7):
-      _currentScreen->resetMode (MODE_Wrap);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 7):
-      _currentScreen->saveMode (MODE_Wrap);
-      break;			//FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 7):
-      _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Wrap);
-      break;			//FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 8):	/* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 8):	/* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 8):	/* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 8):	/* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 9):	/* IGNORED: interlace                */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 9):	/* IGNORED: interlace                */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 9):	/* IGNORED: interlace                */
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 9):	/* IGNORED: interlace                */
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 12):	/* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */
-      break;			//att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 12):	/* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */
-      break;			//att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 12):	/* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */
-      break;			//att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 12):	/* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */
-      break;			//att610
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 25):
-      setMode (MODE_Cursor);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 25):
-      resetMode (MODE_Cursor);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 25):
-      saveMode (MODE_Cursor);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 25):
-      restoreMode (MODE_Cursor);
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 40):
-      setMode (MODE_Allow132Columns);
-      break;			// XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 40):
-      resetMode (MODE_Allow132Columns);
-      break;			// XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 41):	/* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 41):	/* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 41):	/* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 41):	/* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 47):
-      setMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 47):
-      resetMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 47):
-      saveMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 47):
-      restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 67):	/* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 67):	/* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 67):	/* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 67):	/* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-      // XTerm defines the following modes:
-      // SET_VT200_MOUSE             1000
-      // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE   1001
-      // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE         1002
-      // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE         1003
-      //
-
-      //Note about mouse modes:
-      //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003
-      //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse).
-      //TODO:  Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and 
-      //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse)
-      //
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1000):
-      setMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1000):
-      resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1000):
-      saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1000):
-      restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1001):	/* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1001):
-      resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1001):	/* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1001):	/* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1002):
-      setMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1002):
-      resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1002):
-      saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1002):
-      restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1003):
-      setMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1003):
-      resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1003):
-      saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1003):
-      restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1034):	/* IGNORED: 8bitinput activation     */
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1047):
-      setMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1047):
-      _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen ();
-      resetMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1047):
-      saveMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1047):
-      restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-      //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1048):
-      saveCursor ();
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1048):
-      restoreCursor ();
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('s', 1048):
-      saveCursor ();
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('r', 1048):
-      restoreCursor ();
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-      //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm.
-      //       Here's a guess of what they could mean.
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('h', 1049):
-      saveCursor ();
-      _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen ();
-      setMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      break;			//XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR ('l', 1049):
-      resetMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-      restoreCursor ();
-      break;			//XTERM
-
-      //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence
-    case TY_CSI_PE ('p'):	/* IGNORED: reset         (        ) */
-      break;
-
-      //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting.
-    case TY_VT52 ('A'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorUp (1);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('B'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorDown (1);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('C'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorRight (1);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('D'):
-      _currentScreen->cursorLeft (1);
-      break;			//VT52
-
-    case TY_VT52 ('F'):
-      setAndUseCharset (0, '0');
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('G'):
-      setAndUseCharset (0, 'B');
-      break;			//VT52
-
-    case TY_VT52 ('H'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorYX (1, 1);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('I'):
-      _currentScreen->reverseIndex ();
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('J'):
-      _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ();
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('K'):
-      _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ();
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('Y'):
-      _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p - 31, q - 31);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('Z'):
-      reportTerminalType ();
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('<'):
-      setMode (MODE_Ansi);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('='):
-      setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-      break;			//VT52
-    case TY_VT52 ('>'):
-      resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-      break;			//VT52
-
-    case TY_CSI_PG ('c'):
-      reportSecondaryAttributes ();
-      break;			//VT100
-
-    default:
-      reportDecodingError ();
-      break;
-    };
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns (int columnCount)
-{
-  setImageSize (_currentScreen->getLines (), columnCount);
-  clearEntireScreen ();
-  setDefaultMargins ();
-  _currentScreen->setCursorYX (0, 0);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::sendString (const char *s, int length)
-{
-  if (length >= 0)
-    emit sendData (s, length);
-  else
-  emit sendData (s, strlen (s));
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition ()
-{
-  char tmp[20];
-  sprintf (tmp, "\033[%d;%dR", _currentScreen->getCursorY () + 1,
-	   _currentScreen->getCursorX () + 1);
-  sendString (tmp);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType ()
-{
-  // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide))
-  // VT220:  ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c   (list deps on emul. capabilities)
-  // VT100:  ^[[?1;2c
-  // VT101:  ^[[?1;0c
-  // VT102:  ^[[?6v
-  if (getMode (MODE_Ansi))
-    sendString ("\033[?1;2c");	// I'm a VT100
-  else
-    sendString ("\033/Z");	// I'm a VT52
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes ()
-{
-  // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c)
-  if (getMode (MODE_Ansi))
-    sendString ("\033[>0;115;0c");	// Why 115?  ;)
-  else
-    sendString ("\033/Z");	// FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for
-  // konsoles backward compatibility.
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms (int p)
-// DECREPTPARM
-{
-  char tmp[100];
-  sprintf (tmp, "\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x", p);	// not really true.
-  sendString (tmp);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportStatus ()
-{
-  sendString ("\033[0n");	//VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready.
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack ()
-{
-  // FIXME - Test this with VTTEST
-  // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff.
-  const char *ANSWER_BACK = "";
-  sendString (ANSWER_BACK);
-}
-
-/*!
-    `cx',`cy' are 1-based.
-    `eventType' indicates the button pressed (0-2)
-                or a general mouse release (3).
-
-    eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred:
-        0 = Mouse button press or release
-        1 = Mouse drag
-*/
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent (int cb, int cx, int cy, int eventType)
-{
-  if (cx < 1 || cy < 1)
-    return;
-
-  // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button,
-  // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button
-  if (cb >= 4)
-    cb += 0x3c;
-
-  //Mouse motion handling
-  if ((getMode (MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode (MODE_Mouse1003))
-      && eventType == 1)
-    cb += 0x20;			//add 32 to signify motion event
-
-  char command[20];
-  sprintf (command, "\033[M%c%c%c", cb + 0x20, cx + 0x20, cy + 0x20);
-  sendString (command);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::sendText (const QString & text)
-{
-  if (!text.isEmpty ())
-    {
-      QKeyEvent event (QEvent::KeyPress,
-		       0, (Qt::KeyboardModifiers) Qt::NoModifier, text);
-
-      sendKeyEvent (&event);	// expose as a big fat keypress event
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent (QKeyEvent * event)
-{
-  Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers ();
-  KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
-
-  // get current states
-  if (getMode (MODE_NewLine))
-    states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
-  if (getMode (MODE_Ansi))
-    states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
-  if (getMode (MODE_AppCuKeys))
-    states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
-  if (getMode (MODE_AppScreen))
-    states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
-  if (getMode (MODE_AppKeyPad) && (modifiers & Qt::KeypadModifier))
-    states |= KeyboardTranslator::ApplicationKeypadState;
-
-  // check flow control state
-  if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier)
-    {
-      if (event->key () == Qt::Key_S)
-	emit flowControlKeyPressed (true);
-      else
-    if (event->key () == Qt::Key_Q)
-      emit flowControlKeyPressed (false);
-    }
-
-  // lookup key binding
-  if (_keyTranslator)
-    {
-      KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry =
-	_keyTranslator->findEntry (event->key (), modifiers, states);
-
-      // send result to terminal
-      QByteArray textToSend;
-
-      // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier.  pressing
-      // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent
-      // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination
-      //  in the keyboard modifier)
-      bool wantsAltModifier =
-	entry.modifiers () & entry.modifierMask () & Qt::AltModifier;
-      bool wantsAnyModifier =
-	entry.state () & entry.
-	stateMask () & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
-
-      if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier
-	  && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier)
-	  && !event->text ().isEmpty ())
-	{
-	  textToSend.prepend ("\033");
-	}
-
-      if (entry.command () != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand)
-	{
-	  if (entry.command () & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand)
-	    textToSend += eraseChar ();
-
-	  // TODO command handling
-	}
-      else if (!entry.text ().isEmpty ())
-	{
-	  textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode (entry.text (true, modifiers));
-	}
-      else
-	textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode (event->text ());
-
-      sendData (textToSend.constData (), textToSend.length ());
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been
-      // set
-      QString translatorError = QString ("No keyboard translator available.  "
-					 "The information needed to convert key presses "
-					 "into characters to send to the terminal "
-					 "is missing.");
-      reset ();
-      receiveData (translatorError.toAscii ().constData (),
-		   translatorError.count ());
-    }
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                VT100 Charsets                             */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ --
-
-/* 
-   The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer.
-   It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics.
-
-   These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe)
-   normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also
-   appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion
-   does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it
-   in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent
-   plain characters.
-
-   This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since 
-   it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these
-   particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page.
-*/
-
-#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]]
-
-// Apply current character map.
-
-unsigned short
-Vt102Emulation::applyCharset (unsigned short c)
-{
-  if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e)
-    return vt100_graphics[c - 0x5f];
-  if (CHARSET.pound && c == '#')
-    return 0xa3;		//This mode is obsolete
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-   "Charset" related part of the emulation state.
-   This configures the VT100 charset filter.
-
-   While most operation work on the current _screen,
-   the following two are different.
-*/
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::resetCharset (int scrno)
-{
-  _charset[scrno].cu_cs = 0;
-  strncpy (_charset[scrno].charset, "BBBB", 4);
-  _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false;
-  _charset[scrno].sa_pound = false;
-  _charset[scrno].graphic = false;
-  _charset[scrno].pound = false;
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::setCharset (int n, int cs)	// on both screens.
-{
-  _charset[0].charset[n & 3] = cs;
-  useCharset (_charset[0].cu_cs);
-  _charset[1].charset[n & 3] = cs;
-  useCharset (_charset[1].cu_cs);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset (int n, int cs)
-{
-  CHARSET.charset[n & 3] = cs;
-  useCharset (n & 3);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::useCharset (int n)
-{
-  CHARSET.cu_cs = n & 3;
-  CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n & 3] == '0');
-  CHARSET.pound = (CHARSET.charset[n & 3] == 'A');	//This mode is obsolete
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins ()
-{
-  _screen[0]->setDefaultMargins ();
-  _screen[1]->setDefaultMargins ();
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::setMargins (int t, int b)
-{
-  _screen[0]->setMargins (t, b);
-  _screen[1]->setMargins (t, b);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::saveCursor ()
-{
-  CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic;
-  CHARSET.sa_pound = CHARSET.pound;	//This mode is obsolete
-  // we are not clear about these
-  //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset];
-  //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset;
-  _currentScreen->saveCursor ();
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor ()
-{
-  CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic;
-  CHARSET.pound = CHARSET.sa_pound;	//This mode is obsolete
-  _currentScreen->restoreCursor ();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Mode Operations                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
-   Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens.
-
-   This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to
-   located the mode either to the current _screen or to both.
-
-   For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over
-   all screens and not over the actual _screen.
-
-   We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow.
-*/
-
-// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans.
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::resetModes ()
-{
-  // MODE_Allow132Columns is not reset here
-  // to match Xterm's behaviour (see Xterm's VTReset() function)
-
-  resetMode (MODE_132Columns);
-  saveMode (MODE_132Columns);
-  resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-  saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000);
-  resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001);
-  saveMode (MODE_Mouse1001);
-  resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-  saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002);
-  resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-  saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003);
-
-  resetMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-  saveMode (MODE_AppScreen);
-  resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-  saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys);
-  resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-  saveMode (MODE_AppKeyPad);
-  resetMode (MODE_NewLine);
-  setMode (MODE_Ansi);
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::setMode (int m)
-{
-  _currentModes.mode[m] = true;
-  switch (m)
-    {
-    case MODE_132Columns:
-      if (getMode (MODE_Allow132Columns))
-	clearScreenAndSetColumns (132);
-      else
-	_currentModes.mode[m] = false;
-      break;
-    case MODE_Mouse1000:
-    case MODE_Mouse1001:
-    case MODE_Mouse1002:
-    case MODE_Mouse1003:
-      emit programUsesMouseChanged (false);
-      break;
-
-    case MODE_AppScreen:
-      _screen[1]->clearSelection ();
-      setScreen (1);
-      break;
-    }
-  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
-    {
-      _screen[0]->setMode (m);
-      _screen[1]->setMode (m);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::resetMode (int m)
-{
-  _currentModes.mode[m] = false;
-  switch (m)
-    {
-    case MODE_132Columns:
-      if (getMode (MODE_Allow132Columns))
-	clearScreenAndSetColumns (80);
-      break;
-    case MODE_Mouse1000:
-    case MODE_Mouse1001:
-    case MODE_Mouse1002:
-    case MODE_Mouse1003:
-      emit programUsesMouseChanged (true);
-      break;
-
-    case MODE_AppScreen:
-      _screen[0]->clearSelection ();
-      setScreen (0);
-      break;
-    }
-  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
-    {
-      _screen[0]->resetMode (m);
-      _screen[1]->resetMode (m);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::saveMode (int m)
-{
-  _savedModes.mode[m] = _currentModes.mode[m];
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::restoreMode (int m)
-{
-  if (_savedModes.mode[m])
-    setMode (m);
-  else
-    resetMode (m);
-}
-
-bool
-Vt102Emulation::getMode (int m)
-{
-  return _currentModes.mode[m];
-}
-
-char
-Vt102Emulation::eraseChar () const
-{
-  KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry =
-    _keyTranslator->findEntry (Qt::Key_Backspace, 0, 0);
-  if (entry.text ().count () > 0)
-    return entry.text ()[0];
-  else
-    return '\b';
-}
-
-// print contents of the scan buffer
-static void
-hexdump (int *s, int len)
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-    {
-      if (s[i] == '\\')
-	printf ("\\\\");
-      else if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127)
-	printf ("%c", s[i]);
-      else
-	printf ("\\%04x(hex)", s[i]);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-Vt102Emulation::reportDecodingError ()
-{
-  if (tokenBufferPos == 0
-      || (tokenBufferPos == 1 && (tokenBuffer[0] & 0xff) >= 32))
-    return;
-  printf ("Undecodable sequence: ");
-  hexdump (tokenBuffer, tokenBufferPos);
-  printf ("\n");
-}
diff -r 8f7adc0d59c1 -r cc90c62ada21 gui/src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.h
--- a/gui/src/terminal/Vt102Emulation.h	Thu Aug 18 15:07:43 2011 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright 2007-2008 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H
-#define VT102EMULATION_H
-
-// Standard Library
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Qt 
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore/QTimer>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Emulation.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-#define MODE_AppScreen       (MODES_SCREEN+0)	// Mode #1
-#define MODE_AppCuKeys       (MODES_SCREEN+1)	// Application cursor keys (DECCKM)
-#define MODE_AppKeyPad       (MODES_SCREEN+2)	//
-#define MODE_Mouse1000       (MODES_SCREEN+3)	// Send mouse X,Y position on press and release
-#define MODE_Mouse1001       (MODES_SCREEN+4)	// Use Hilight mouse tracking
-#define MODE_Mouse1002       (MODES_SCREEN+5)	// Use cell motion mouse tracking
-#define MODE_Mouse1003       (MODES_SCREEN+6)	// Use all motion mouse tracking
-#define MODE_Ansi            (MODES_SCREEN+7)	// Use US Ascii for character sets G0-G3 (DECANM)
-#define MODE_132Columns      (MODES_SCREEN+8)	// 80 <-> 132 column mode switch (DECCOLM)
-#define MODE_Allow132Columns (MODES_SCREEN+9)	// Allow DECCOLM mode
-#define MODE_total           (MODES_SCREEN+10)
-
-struct CharCodes
-{
-  // coding info
-  char charset[4];		//
-  int cu_cs;			// actual charset.
-  bool graphic;			// Some VT100 tricks
-  bool pound;			// Some VT100 tricks
-  bool sa_graphic;		// saved graphic
-  bool sa_pound;		// saved pound
-};
-
-/**
- * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal.
- * A full description of this terminal can be found at
- * 
- * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide 
- * features such as mouse input handling.
- * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape
- * sequences. 
- *
- */
-class Vt102Emulation:public Emulation
-{
-Q_OBJECT public:
-  /** Constructs a new emulation */
-  Vt102Emulation ();
-  ~Vt102Emulation ();
-
-  // reimplemented from Emulation
-  virtual void clearEntireScreen ();
-  virtual void reset ();
-  virtual char eraseChar () const;
-
-  public slots:
-    // reimplemented from Emulation 
-    virtual void sendString (const char *, int length = -1);
-  virtual void sendText (const QString & text);
-  virtual void sendKeyEvent (QKeyEvent *);
-  virtual void sendMouseEvent (int buttons, int column, int line,
-			       int eventType);
-
-protected:
-  // reimplemented from Emulation
-    virtual void setMode (int mode);
-  virtual void resetMode (int mode);
-  virtual void receiveChar (int cc);
-
-  private slots:
-    //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates
-    //used to buffer multiple title updates
-  void updateTitle ();
-
-private:
-  unsigned short applyCharset (unsigned short c);
-  void setCharset (int n, int cs);
-  void useCharset (int n);
-  void setAndUseCharset (int n, int cs);
-  void saveCursor ();
-  void restoreCursor ();
-  void resetCharset (int scrno);
-
-  void setMargins (int top, int bottom);
-  //set margins for all screens back to their defaults
-  void setDefaultMargins ();
-
-  // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise
-  bool getMode (int mode);
-  // saves the current boolean value of 'mode'
-  void saveMode (int mode);
-  // restores the boolean value of 'mode' 
-  void restoreMode (int mode);
-  // resets all modes
-  // (except MODE_Allow132Columns)
-  void resetModes ();
-
-  void resetTokenizer ();
-#define MAX_TOKEN_LENGTH 80
-  void addToCurrentToken (int cc);
-  int tokenBuffer[MAX_TOKEN_LENGTH];	//FIXME: overflow?
-  int tokenBufferPos;
-#define MAXARGS 15
-  void addDigit (int dig);
-  void addArgument ();
-  int argv[MAXARGS];
-  int argc;
-  void initTokenizer ();
-
-  // Set of flags for each of the ASCII characters which indicates
-  // what category they fall into (printable character, control, digit etc.)
-  // for the purposes of decoding terminal output
-  int charClass[256];
-
-  void reportDecodingError ();
-
-  void processToken (int code, int p, int q);
-  void processWindowAttributeChange ();
-
-  void reportTerminalType ();
-  void reportSecondaryAttributes ();
-  void reportStatus ();
-  void reportAnswerBack ();
-  void reportCursorPosition ();
-  void reportTerminalParms (int p);
-
-  void onScrollLock ();
-  void scrollLock (const bool lock);
-
-  // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified
-  // number of columns
-  void clearScreenAndSetColumns (int columnCount);
-
-  CharCodes _charset[2];
-
-  class TerminalState
-  {
-  public:
-    // Initializes all modes to false
-    TerminalState ()
-    {
-      memset (&mode, false, MODE_total * sizeof (bool));
-    }
-
-    bool mode[MODE_total];
-  };
-
-  TerminalState _currentModes;
-  TerminalState _savedModes;
-
-  //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance 
-  //to update the name of the session
-  //or window title.
-  //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the 
-  //output from the terminal
-  QHash < int, QString > _pendingTitleUpdates;
-  QTimer *_titleUpdateTimer;
-};
-
-#endif // VT102EMULATION_H